Merge commit 'v2.6.28-rc6' into core/debug
This commit is contained in:
commit
7fbb8759ef
5
.mailmap
5
.mailmap
@ -66,6 +66,7 @@ Kenneth W Chen <kenneth.w.chen@intel.com>
|
||||
Koushik <raghavendra.koushik@neterion.com>
|
||||
Leonid I Ananiev <leonid.i.ananiev@intel.com>
|
||||
Linas Vepstas <linas@austin.ibm.com>
|
||||
Mark Brown <broonie@sirena.org.uk>
|
||||
Matthieu CASTET <castet.matthieu@free.fr>
|
||||
Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
|
||||
Michael Buesch <mbuesch@freenet.de>
|
||||
@ -79,6 +80,8 @@ Nguyen Anh Quynh <aquynh@gmail.com>
|
||||
Paolo 'Blaisorblade' Giarrusso <blaisorblade@yahoo.it>
|
||||
Patrick Mochel <mochel@digitalimplant.org>
|
||||
Peter A Jonsson <pj@ludd.ltu.se>
|
||||
Peter Oruba <peter@oruba.de>
|
||||
Peter Oruba <peter.oruba@amd.com>
|
||||
Praveen BP <praveenbp@ti.com>
|
||||
Rajesh Shah <rajesh.shah@intel.com>
|
||||
Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
|
||||
@ -96,4 +99,6 @@ Tejun Heo <htejun@gmail.com>
|
||||
Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
|
||||
Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
|
||||
Tsuneo Yoshioka <Tsuneo.Yoshioka@f-secure.com>
|
||||
Uwe Kleine-König <Uwe.Kleine-Koenig@digi.com>
|
||||
Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@informatik.uni-freiburg.de>
|
||||
Valdis Kletnieks <Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu>
|
||||
|
23
CREDITS
23
CREDITS
@ -598,6 +598,11 @@ S: Tamsui town, Taipei county,
|
||||
S: Taiwan 251
|
||||
S: Republic of China
|
||||
|
||||
N: Reinette Chatre
|
||||
E: reinette.chatre@intel.com
|
||||
D: WiMedia Link Protocol implementation
|
||||
D: UWB stack bits and pieces
|
||||
|
||||
N: Michael Elizabeth Chastain
|
||||
E: mec@shout.net
|
||||
D: Configure, Menuconfig, xconfig
|
||||
@ -1653,14 +1658,14 @@ S: Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27514-4818
|
||||
S: USA
|
||||
|
||||
N: Dave Jones
|
||||
E: davej@codemonkey.org.uk
|
||||
E: davej@redhat.com
|
||||
W: http://www.codemonkey.org.uk
|
||||
D: x86 errata/setup maintenance.
|
||||
D: AGPGART driver.
|
||||
D: Assorted VIA x86 support.
|
||||
D: 2.5 AGPGART overhaul.
|
||||
D: CPUFREQ maintenance.
|
||||
D: Backport/Forwardport merge monkey.
|
||||
D: Various Janitor work.
|
||||
S: United Kingdom
|
||||
D: Fedora kernel maintainence.
|
||||
D: Misc/Other.
|
||||
S: 314 Littleton Rd, Westford, MA 01886, USA
|
||||
|
||||
N: Martin Josfsson
|
||||
E: gandalf@wlug.westbo.se
|
||||
@ -2695,6 +2700,12 @@ S: Demonstratsii 8-382
|
||||
S: Tula 300000
|
||||
S: Russia
|
||||
|
||||
N: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez
|
||||
E: inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com
|
||||
D: UWB stack, HWA-RC driver and HWA-HC drivers
|
||||
D: Wireless USB additions to the USB stack
|
||||
D: WiMedia Link Protocol bits and pieces
|
||||
|
||||
N: Gordon Peters
|
||||
E: GordPeters@smarttech.com
|
||||
D: Isochronous receive for IEEE 1394 driver (OHCI module).
|
||||
|
@ -21,6 +21,9 @@ Changes
|
||||
- list of changes that break older software packages.
|
||||
CodingStyle
|
||||
- how the boss likes the C code in the kernel to look.
|
||||
development-process/
|
||||
- An extended tutorial on how to work with the kernel development
|
||||
process.
|
||||
DMA-API.txt
|
||||
- DMA API, pci_ API & extensions for non-consistent memory machines.
|
||||
DMA-ISA-LPC.txt
|
||||
@ -39,14 +42,8 @@ IRQ.txt
|
||||
- description of what an IRQ is.
|
||||
ManagementStyle
|
||||
- how to (attempt to) manage kernel hackers.
|
||||
MSI-HOWTO.txt
|
||||
- the Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI) Driver Guide HOWTO and FAQ.
|
||||
RCU/
|
||||
- directory with info on RCU (read-copy update).
|
||||
README.DAC960
|
||||
- info on Mylex DAC960/DAC1100 PCI RAID Controller Driver for Linux.
|
||||
README.cycladesZ
|
||||
- info on Cyclades-Z firmware loading.
|
||||
SAK.txt
|
||||
- info on Secure Attention Keys.
|
||||
SM501.txt
|
||||
@ -83,20 +80,16 @@ blackfin/
|
||||
- directory with documentation for the Blackfin arch.
|
||||
block/
|
||||
- info on the Block I/O (BIO) layer.
|
||||
blockdev/
|
||||
- info on block devices & drivers
|
||||
cachetlb.txt
|
||||
- describes the cache/TLB flushing interfaces Linux uses.
|
||||
cciss.txt
|
||||
- info, major/minor #'s for Compaq's SMART Array Controllers.
|
||||
cdrom/
|
||||
- directory with information on the CD-ROM drivers that Linux has.
|
||||
computone.txt
|
||||
- info on Computone Intelliport II/Plus Multiport Serial Driver.
|
||||
connector/
|
||||
- docs on the netlink based userspace<->kernel space communication mod.
|
||||
console/
|
||||
- documentation on Linux console drivers.
|
||||
cpqarray.txt
|
||||
- info on using Compaq's SMART2 Intelligent Disk Array Controllers.
|
||||
cpu-freq/
|
||||
- info on CPU frequency and voltage scaling.
|
||||
cpu-hotplug.txt
|
||||
@ -123,8 +116,6 @@ device-mapper/
|
||||
- directory with info on Device Mapper.
|
||||
devices.txt
|
||||
- plain ASCII listing of all the nodes in /dev/ with major minor #'s.
|
||||
digiepca.txt
|
||||
- info on Digi Intl. {PC,PCI,EISA}Xx and Xem series cards.
|
||||
dontdiff
|
||||
- file containing a list of files that should never be diff'ed.
|
||||
driver-model/
|
||||
@ -149,18 +140,12 @@ filesystems/
|
||||
- info on the vfs and the various filesystems that Linux supports.
|
||||
firmware_class/
|
||||
- request_firmware() hotplug interface info.
|
||||
floppy.txt
|
||||
- notes and driver options for the floppy disk driver.
|
||||
frv/
|
||||
- Fujitsu FR-V Linux documentation.
|
||||
gpio.txt
|
||||
- overview of GPIO (General Purpose Input/Output) access conventions.
|
||||
hayes-esp.txt
|
||||
- info on using the Hayes ESP serial driver.
|
||||
highuid.txt
|
||||
- notes on the change from 16 bit to 32 bit user/group IDs.
|
||||
hpet.txt
|
||||
- High Precision Event Timer Driver for Linux.
|
||||
timers/
|
||||
- info on the timer related topics
|
||||
hw_random.txt
|
||||
@ -171,7 +156,7 @@ i2c/
|
||||
- directory with info about the I2C bus/protocol (2 wire, kHz speed).
|
||||
i2o/
|
||||
- directory with info about the Linux I2O subsystem.
|
||||
i386/
|
||||
x86/i386/
|
||||
- directory with info about Linux on Intel 32 bit architecture.
|
||||
ia64/
|
||||
- directory with info about Linux on Intel 64 bit architecture.
|
||||
@ -185,8 +170,6 @@ io_ordering.txt
|
||||
- info on ordering I/O writes to memory-mapped addresses.
|
||||
ioctl/
|
||||
- directory with documents describing various IOCTL calls.
|
||||
ioctl-number.txt
|
||||
- how to implement and register device/driver ioctl calls.
|
||||
iostats.txt
|
||||
- info on I/O statistics Linux kernel provides.
|
||||
irqflags-tracing.txt
|
||||
@ -249,16 +232,10 @@ mips/
|
||||
- directory with info about Linux on MIPS architecture.
|
||||
mono.txt
|
||||
- how to execute Mono-based .NET binaries with the help of BINFMT_MISC.
|
||||
moxa-smartio
|
||||
- file with info on installing/using Moxa multiport serial driver.
|
||||
mtrr.txt
|
||||
- how to use PPro Memory Type Range Registers to increase performance.
|
||||
mutex-design.txt
|
||||
- info on the generic mutex subsystem.
|
||||
namespaces/
|
||||
- directory with various information about namespaces
|
||||
nbd.txt
|
||||
- info on a TCP implementation of a network block device.
|
||||
netlabel/
|
||||
- directory with information on the NetLabel subsystem.
|
||||
networking/
|
||||
@ -271,8 +248,6 @@ numastat.txt
|
||||
- info on how to read Numa policy hit/miss statistics in sysfs.
|
||||
oops-tracing.txt
|
||||
- how to decode those nasty internal kernel error dump messages.
|
||||
paride.txt
|
||||
- information about the parallel port IDE subsystem.
|
||||
parisc/
|
||||
- directory with info on using Linux on PA-RISC architecture.
|
||||
parport.txt
|
||||
@ -291,20 +266,16 @@ powerpc/
|
||||
- directory with info on using Linux with the PowerPC.
|
||||
preempt-locking.txt
|
||||
- info on locking under a preemptive kernel.
|
||||
printk-formats.txt
|
||||
- how to get printk format specifiers right
|
||||
prio_tree.txt
|
||||
- info on radix-priority-search-tree use for indexing vmas.
|
||||
ramdisk.txt
|
||||
- short guide on how to set up and use the RAM disk.
|
||||
rbtree.txt
|
||||
- info on what red-black trees are and what they are for.
|
||||
riscom8.txt
|
||||
- notes on using the RISCom/8 multi-port serial driver.
|
||||
robust-futex-ABI.txt
|
||||
- documentation of the robust futex ABI.
|
||||
robust-futexes.txt
|
||||
- a description of what robust futexes are.
|
||||
rocket.txt
|
||||
- info on the Comtrol RocketPort multiport serial driver.
|
||||
rt-mutex-design.txt
|
||||
- description of the RealTime mutex implementation design.
|
||||
rt-mutex.txt
|
||||
@ -333,8 +304,6 @@ sparc/
|
||||
- directory with info on using Linux on Sparc architecture.
|
||||
sparse.txt
|
||||
- info on how to obtain and use the sparse tool for typechecking.
|
||||
specialix.txt
|
||||
- info on hardware/driver for specialix IO8+ multiport serial card.
|
||||
spi/
|
||||
- overview of Linux kernel Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) support.
|
||||
spinlocks.txt
|
||||
@ -343,14 +312,10 @@ stable_api_nonsense.txt
|
||||
- info on why the kernel does not have a stable in-kernel api or abi.
|
||||
stable_kernel_rules.txt
|
||||
- rules and procedures for the -stable kernel releases.
|
||||
stallion.txt
|
||||
- info on using the Stallion multiport serial driver.
|
||||
svga.txt
|
||||
- short guide on selecting video modes at boot via VGA BIOS.
|
||||
sysfs-rules.txt
|
||||
- How not to use sysfs.
|
||||
sx.txt
|
||||
- info on the Specialix SX/SI multiport serial driver.
|
||||
sysctl/
|
||||
- directory with info on the /proc/sys/* files.
|
||||
sysrq.txt
|
||||
@ -359,8 +324,6 @@ telephony/
|
||||
- directory with info on telephony (e.g. voice over IP) support.
|
||||
time_interpolators.txt
|
||||
- info on time interpolators.
|
||||
tty.txt
|
||||
- guide to the locking policies of the tty layer.
|
||||
uml/
|
||||
- directory with information about User Mode Linux.
|
||||
unicode.txt
|
||||
@ -383,7 +346,7 @@ w1/
|
||||
- directory with documents regarding the 1-wire (w1) subsystem.
|
||||
watchdog/
|
||||
- how to auto-reboot Linux if it has "fallen and can't get up". ;-)
|
||||
x86_64/
|
||||
x86/x86_64/
|
||||
- directory with info on Linux support for AMD x86-64 (Hammer) machines.
|
||||
zorro.txt
|
||||
- info on writing drivers for Zorro bus devices found on Amigas.
|
||||
|
62
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc
Normal file
62
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/interface_capabilities
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/device_capabilities
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described
|
||||
by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields
|
||||
can be found in the USB TMC documents from the USB-IF entitled
|
||||
"Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification
|
||||
(USBTMC) Revision 1.0" section 4.2.1.8.
|
||||
|
||||
The files are read only.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/usb488_interface_capabilities
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/usb488_device_capabilities
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described
|
||||
by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields
|
||||
can be found in the USB TMC documents from the USB-IF entitled
|
||||
"Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class, Subclass
|
||||
USB488 Specification (USBTMC-USB488) Revision 1.0" section
|
||||
4.2.2.
|
||||
|
||||
The files are read only.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/TermChar
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This file is the TermChar value to be sent to the USB TMC
|
||||
device as described by the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test
|
||||
and Measurement Class Specification
|
||||
(USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the TermCharEnabled file determines if this value is
|
||||
sent to the device or not.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/TermCharEnabled
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This file determines if the TermChar is to be sent to the
|
||||
device on every transaction or not. For more details about
|
||||
this, please see the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test and
|
||||
Measurement Class Specification (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as
|
||||
published by the USB-IF.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/auto_abort
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This file determines if the the transaction of the USB TMC
|
||||
device is to be automatically aborted if there is any error.
|
||||
For more details about this, please see the document,
|
||||
"Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification
|
||||
(USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF.
|
28
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc
Normal file
28
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/umc/
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The Wireless Host Controller Interface (WHCI)
|
||||
specification describes a PCI-based device with
|
||||
multiple capabilities; the UWB Multi-interface
|
||||
Controller (UMC).
|
||||
|
||||
The umc bus presents each of the individual
|
||||
capabilties as a device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../capability_id
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The ID of this capability, with 0 being the radio
|
||||
controller capability.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../version
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The specification version this capability's hardware
|
||||
interface complies with.
|
@ -85,3 +85,62 @@ Description:
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
PowerTOP <power@bughost.org>
|
||||
http://www.lesswatts.org/projects/powertop/
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/device/<busnum>-<devnum>...:<config num>-<interface num>/supports_autosuspend
|
||||
Date: January 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
When read, this file returns 1 if the interface driver
|
||||
for this interface supports autosuspend. It also
|
||||
returns 1 if no driver has claimed this interface, as an
|
||||
unclaimed interface will not stop the device from being
|
||||
autosuspended if all other interface drivers are idle.
|
||||
The file returns 0 if autosuspend support has not been
|
||||
added to the driver.
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
USB PM tool
|
||||
git://git.moblin.org/users/sarah/usb-pm-tool/
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../authorized
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Authorized devices are available for use by device
|
||||
drivers, non-authorized one are not. By default, wired
|
||||
USB devices are authorized.
|
||||
|
||||
Certified Wireless USB devices are not authorized
|
||||
initially and should be (by writing 1) after the
|
||||
device has been authenticated.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_cdid
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
|
||||
|
||||
A devices's CDID, as 16 space-separated hex octets.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_ck
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
|
||||
|
||||
Write the device's connection key (CK) to start the
|
||||
authentication of the device. The CK is 16
|
||||
space-separated hex octets.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_disconnect
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
|
||||
|
||||
Write a 1 to force the device to disconnect
|
||||
(equivalent to unplugging a wired USB device).
|
||||
|
43
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
Normal file
43
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../powered
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description: Controls whether the device's display will powered.
|
||||
A value of 0 is off and a non-zero value is on.
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../mode_msb
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../mode_lsb
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description: Controls the devices display mode.
|
||||
For a 6 character display the values are
|
||||
MSB 0x06; LSB 0x3F, and
|
||||
for an 8 character display the values are
|
||||
MSB 0x08; LSB 0xFF.
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../textmode
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description: Controls the way the device interprets its text buffer.
|
||||
raw: each character controls its segment manually
|
||||
hex: each character is between 0-15
|
||||
ascii: each character is between '0'-'9' and 'A'-'F'.
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../text
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description: The text (or data) for the device to display
|
||||
|
||||
Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../decimals
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Kernel Version: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
|
||||
Description: Controls the decimal places on the device.
|
||||
To set the nth decimal place, give this field
|
||||
the value of 10 ** n. Assume this field has
|
||||
the value k and has 1 or more decimal places set,
|
||||
to set the mth place (where m is not already set),
|
||||
change this fields value to k + 10 ** m.
|
88
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
Normal file
88
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/ directory will contain files and
|
||||
directories that will provide a unified interface to
|
||||
the C2 port interface.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/ directory is related to X-th
|
||||
C2 port into the system. Each directory will contain files to
|
||||
manage and control its C2 port.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access file enable the access
|
||||
to the C2 port from the system. No commands can be sent
|
||||
till this entry is set to 0.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id file show the device ID
|
||||
of the connected micro.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access file enable the
|
||||
access to the on-board flash of the connected micro.
|
||||
No commands can be sent till this entry is set to 0.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size file show
|
||||
the on-board flash block size of the connected micro.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num file show
|
||||
the on-board flash blocks number of the connected micro.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data file export
|
||||
the content of the on-board flash of the connected micro.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file execute
|
||||
the "erase" command on the on-board flash of the connected
|
||||
micro.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file show the
|
||||
on-board flash size of the connected micro.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset file execute a "reset"
|
||||
command on the connected micro.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id file show the revision ID
|
||||
of the connected micro.
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../state
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
state. This holds the regulator output state.
|
||||
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../type
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
type. This holds the regulator type.
|
||||
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../microvolts
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
microvolts. This holds the regulator output voltage setting
|
||||
@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../microamps
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
microamps. This holds the regulator output current limit
|
||||
@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../opmode
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
opmode. This holds the regulator operating mode setting.
|
||||
@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../min_microvolts
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
min_microvolts. This holds the minimum safe working regulator
|
||||
@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../max_microvolts
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
max_microvolts. This holds the maximum safe working regulator
|
||||
@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../min_microamps
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
min_microamps. This holds the minimum safe working regulator
|
||||
@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../max_microamps
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
max_microamps. This holds the maximum safe working regulator
|
||||
@ -157,10 +157,23 @@ Description:
|
||||
platform code.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../name
|
||||
Date: October 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.28
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
name. This holds a string identifying the regulator for
|
||||
display purposes.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: this will be empty if no suitable name is provided
|
||||
by platform or regulator drivers.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../num_users
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
num_users. This holds the number of consumer devices that
|
||||
@ -170,7 +183,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../requested_microamps
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
requested_microamps. This holds the total requested load
|
||||
@ -181,7 +194,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../parent
|
||||
Date: April 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Some regulator directories will contain a link called parent.
|
||||
This points to the parent or supply regulator if one exists.
|
||||
@ -189,7 +202,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_microvolts
|
||||
Date: May 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
suspend_mem_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
|
||||
@ -203,7 +216,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_microvolts
|
||||
Date: May 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
suspend_disk_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
|
||||
@ -217,7 +230,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_microvolts
|
||||
Date: May 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
suspend_standby_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
|
||||
@ -231,7 +244,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_mode
|
||||
Date: May 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
suspend_mem_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
|
||||
@ -245,7 +258,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_mode
|
||||
Date: May 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
suspend_disk_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
|
||||
@ -258,7 +271,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_mode
|
||||
Date: May 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
suspend_standby_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
|
||||
@ -272,7 +285,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_state
|
||||
Date: May 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
suspend_mem_state. This holds the regulator operating state
|
||||
@ -287,7 +300,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_state
|
||||
Date: May 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
suspend_disk_state. This holds the regulator operating state
|
||||
@ -302,7 +315,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_state
|
||||
Date: May 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lg@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
||||
suspend_standby_state. This holds the regulator operating
|
||||
|
25
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_host
Normal file
25
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_host
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/class/usb_host/usb_hostN/wusb_chid
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Write the CHID (16 space-separated hex octets) for this host controller.
|
||||
This starts the host controller, allowing it to accept connection from
|
||||
WUSB devices.
|
||||
|
||||
Set an all zero CHID to stop the host controller.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/usb_host/usb_hostN/wusb_trust_timeout
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Devices that haven't sent a WUSB packet to the host
|
||||
within 'wusb_trust_timeout' ms are considered to have
|
||||
disconnected and are removed. The default value of
|
||||
4000 ms is the value required by the WUSB
|
||||
specification.
|
||||
|
||||
Since this relates to security (specifically, the
|
||||
lifetime of PTKs and GTKs) it should not be changed
|
||||
from the default.
|
144
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
Normal file
144
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Interfaces for WiMedia Ultra Wideband Common Radio
|
||||
Platform (UWB) radio controllers.
|
||||
|
||||
Familiarity with the ECMA-368 'High Rate Ultra
|
||||
Wideband MAC and PHY Specification' is assumed.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/beacon_timeout_ms
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
If no beacons are received from a device for at least
|
||||
this time, the device will be considered to have gone
|
||||
and it will be removed. The default is 3 superframes
|
||||
(~197 ms) as required by the specification.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
An individual UWB radio controller.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/beacon
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Write:
|
||||
|
||||
<channel> [<bpst offset>]
|
||||
|
||||
to start beaconing on a specific channel, or stop
|
||||
beaconing if <channel> is -1. Valid channels depends
|
||||
on the radio controller's supported band groups.
|
||||
|
||||
<bpst offset> may be used to try and join a specific
|
||||
beacon group if more than one was found during a scan.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/scan
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Write:
|
||||
|
||||
<channel> <type> [<bpst offset>]
|
||||
|
||||
to start (or stop) scanning on a channel. <type> is one of:
|
||||
0 - scan
|
||||
1 - scan outside BP
|
||||
2 - scan while inactive
|
||||
3 - scanning disabled
|
||||
4 - scan (with start time of <bpst offset>)
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/mac_address
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The EUI-48, in colon-separated hex octets, for this
|
||||
radio controller. A write will change the radio
|
||||
controller's EUI-48 but only do so while the device is
|
||||
not beaconing or scanning.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
A symlink to the device (if any) of the WUSB Host
|
||||
Controller PAL using this radio controller.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
A neighbour UWB device that has either been detected
|
||||
as part of a scan or is a member of the radio
|
||||
controllers beacon group.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/BPST
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The time (using the radio controllers internal 1 ms
|
||||
interval superframe timer) of the last beacon from
|
||||
this device was received.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/DevAddr
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The current DevAddr of this device in colon separated
|
||||
hex octets.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/EUI_48
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
The EUI-48 of this device in colon separated hex
|
||||
octets.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/BPST
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/IEs
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The latest IEs included in this device's beacon, in
|
||||
space separated hex octets with one IE per line.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/LQE
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Link Quality Estimate - the Signal to Noise Ratio
|
||||
(SNR) of all packets received from this device in dB.
|
||||
This gives an estimate on a suitable PHY rate. Refer
|
||||
to [ECMA-368] section 13.3 for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/RSSI
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Received Signal Strength Indication - the strength of
|
||||
the received signal in dB. LQE is a more useful
|
||||
measure of the radio link quality.
|
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
|
||||
error - an interrupt that can't be accounted for above.
|
||||
|
||||
invalid: it's either a wakeup GPE or a GPE/Fixed Event that
|
||||
invalid: it's either a GPE or a Fixed Event that
|
||||
doesn't have an event handler.
|
||||
|
||||
disable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid but disabled.
|
||||
@ -117,30 +117,30 @@ Description:
|
||||
and other user space applications so that the machine won't shutdown
|
||||
when pressing the power button.
|
||||
# cat ff_pwr_btn
|
||||
0
|
||||
0 enabled
|
||||
# press the power button for 3 times;
|
||||
# cat ff_pwr_btn
|
||||
3
|
||||
3 enabled
|
||||
# echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
|
||||
# cat ff_pwr_btn
|
||||
disable
|
||||
3 disabled
|
||||
# press the power button for 3 times;
|
||||
# cat ff_pwr_btn
|
||||
disable
|
||||
3 disabled
|
||||
# echo enable > ff_pwr_btn
|
||||
# cat ff_pwr_btn
|
||||
4
|
||||
4 enabled
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* this is because the status bit is set even if the enable bit is cleared,
|
||||
* and it triggers an ACPI fixed event when the enable bit is set again
|
||||
*/
|
||||
# press the power button for 3 times;
|
||||
# cat ff_pwr_btn
|
||||
7
|
||||
7 enabled
|
||||
# echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
|
||||
# press the power button for 3 times;
|
||||
# echo clear > ff_pwr_btn /* clear the status bit */
|
||||
# echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
|
||||
# cat ff_pwr_btn
|
||||
7
|
||||
7 enabled
|
||||
|
||||
|
26
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio
Normal file
26
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/class/gpio/
|
||||
Date: July 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
As a Kconfig option, individual GPIO signals may be accessed from
|
||||
userspace. GPIOs are only made available to userspace by an explicit
|
||||
"export" operation. If a given GPIO is not claimed for use by
|
||||
kernel code, it may be exported by userspace (and unexported later).
|
||||
Kernel code may export it for complete or partial access.
|
||||
|
||||
GPIOs are identified as they are inside the kernel, using integers in
|
||||
the range 0..INT_MAX. See Documentation/gpio.txt for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/class/gpio
|
||||
/export ... asks the kernel to export a GPIO to userspace
|
||||
/unexport ... to return a GPIO to the kernel
|
||||
/gpioN ... for each exported GPIO #N
|
||||
/value ... always readable, writes fail for input GPIOs
|
||||
/direction ... r/w as: in, out (default low); write: high, low
|
||||
/gpiochipN ... for each gpiochip; #N is its first GPIO
|
||||
/base ... (r/o) same as N
|
||||
/label ... (r/o) descriptive, not necessarily unique
|
||||
/ngpio ... (r/o) number of GPIOs; numbered N to N + (ngpio - 1)
|
||||
|
13
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
Normal file
13
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/profile
|
||||
Date: September 2008
|
||||
Contact: Dave Hansen <dave@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
/sys/kernel/profile is the runtime equivalent
|
||||
of the boot-time profile= option.
|
||||
|
||||
You can get the same effect running:
|
||||
|
||||
echo 2 > /sys/kernel/profile
|
||||
|
||||
as you would by issuing profile=2 on the boot
|
||||
command line.
|
100
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf
Normal file
100
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_*
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Various files for managing Cable Based Association of
|
||||
(wireless) USB devices.
|
||||
|
||||
The sequence of operations should be:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Device is plugged in.
|
||||
|
||||
2. The connection manager (CM) sees a device with CBA capability.
|
||||
(the wusb_chid etc. files in /sys/devices/blah/OURDEVICE).
|
||||
|
||||
3. The CM writes the host name, supported band groups,
|
||||
and the CHID (host ID) into the wusb_host_name,
|
||||
wusb_host_band_groups and wusb_chid files. These
|
||||
get sent to the device and the CDID (if any) for
|
||||
this host is requested.
|
||||
|
||||
4. The CM can verify that the device's supported band
|
||||
groups (wusb_device_band_groups) are compatible
|
||||
with the host.
|
||||
|
||||
5. The CM reads the wusb_cdid file.
|
||||
|
||||
6. The CM looks it up its database.
|
||||
|
||||
- If it has a matching CHID,CDID entry, the device
|
||||
has been authorized before and nothing further
|
||||
needs to be done.
|
||||
|
||||
- If the CDID is zero (or the CM doesn't find a
|
||||
matching CDID in its database), the device is
|
||||
assumed to be not known. The CM may associate
|
||||
the host with device by: writing a randomly
|
||||
generated CDID to wusb_cdid and then a random CK
|
||||
to wusb_ck (this uploads the new CC to the
|
||||
device).
|
||||
|
||||
CMD may choose to prompt the user before
|
||||
associating with a new device.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Device is unplugged.
|
||||
|
||||
References:
|
||||
[WUSB-AM] Association Models Supplement to the
|
||||
Certified Wireless Universal Serial Bus
|
||||
Specification, version 1.0.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_chid
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The CHID of the host formatted as 16 space-separated
|
||||
hex octets.
|
||||
|
||||
Writes fetches device's supported band groups and the
|
||||
the CDID for any existing association with this host.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_host_name
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
A friendly name for the host as a UTF-8 encoded string.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_host_band_groups
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The band groups supported by the host, in the format
|
||||
defined in [WUSB-AM].
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_device_band_groups
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The band groups supported by the device, in the format
|
||||
defined in [WUSB-AM].
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_cdid
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The device's CDID formatted as 16 space-separated hex
|
||||
octets.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_ck
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Write 16 space-separated random, hex octets to
|
||||
associate with the device.
|
@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ With scatterlists, you use the resulting mapping like this:
|
||||
int i, count = dma_map_sg(dev, sglist, nents, direction);
|
||||
struct scatterlist *sg;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0, sg = sglist; i < count; i++, sg++) {
|
||||
for_each_sg(sglist, sg, count, i) {
|
||||
hw_address[i] = sg_dma_address(sg);
|
||||
hw_len[i] = sg_dma_len(sg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ failure can be determined by:
|
||||
dma_addr_t dma_handle;
|
||||
|
||||
dma_handle = pci_map_single(pdev, addr, size, direction);
|
||||
if (pci_dma_mapping_error(dma_handle)) {
|
||||
if (pci_dma_mapping_error(pdev, dma_handle)) {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* reduce current DMA mapping usage,
|
||||
* delay and try again later or
|
||||
|
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
|
||||
# To add a new book the only step required is to add the book to the
|
||||
# list of DOCBOOKS.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCBOOKS := wanbook.xml z8530book.xml mcabook.xml videobook.xml \
|
||||
DOCBOOKS := wanbook.xml z8530book.xml mcabook.xml \
|
||||
kernel-hacking.xml kernel-locking.xml deviceiobook.xml \
|
||||
procfs-guide.xml writing_usb_driver.xml networking.xml \
|
||||
kernel-api.xml filesystems.xml lsm.xml usb.xml kgdb.xml \
|
||||
|
@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
|
||||
<surname>Cox</surname>
|
||||
<affiliation>
|
||||
<address>
|
||||
<email>alan@redhat.com</email>
|
||||
<email>alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk</email>
|
||||
</address>
|
||||
</affiliation>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ CPU B: spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev_lock, flags)
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="pubfunctions">
|
||||
<title>Public Functions Provided</title>
|
||||
!Iinclude/asm-x86/io_32.h
|
||||
!Iarch/x86/include/asm/io_32.h
|
||||
!Elib/iomap.c
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -557,6 +557,9 @@ Near-term plans include converting all of them, except for "gadgetfs".
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
!Edrivers/usb/gadget/f_acm.c
|
||||
!Edrivers/usb/gadget/f_ecm.c
|
||||
!Edrivers/usb/gadget/f_subset.c
|
||||
!Edrivers/usb/gadget/f_obex.c
|
||||
!Edrivers/usb/gadget/f_serial.c
|
||||
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
@ -45,8 +45,8 @@
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1><title>Atomic and pointer manipulation</title>
|
||||
!Iinclude/asm-x86/atomic_32.h
|
||||
!Iinclude/asm-x86/unaligned.h
|
||||
!Iarch/x86/include/asm/atomic_32.h
|
||||
!Iarch/x86/include/asm/unaligned.h
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1><title>Delaying, scheduling, and timer routines</title>
|
||||
@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ X!Ilib/string.c
|
||||
!Elib/string.c
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1><title>Bit Operations</title>
|
||||
!Iinclude/asm-x86/bitops.h
|
||||
!Iarch/x86/include/asm/bitops.h
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ X!Ilib/string.c
|
||||
!Emm/slab.c
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1><title>User Space Memory Access</title>
|
||||
!Iinclude/asm-x86/uaccess_32.h
|
||||
!Iarch/x86/include/asm/uaccess_32.h
|
||||
!Earch/x86/lib/usercopy_32.c
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1><title>More Memory Management Functions</title>
|
||||
@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ X!Earch/x86/kernel/mca_32.c
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
<sect2><title>MCA Bus DMA</title>
|
||||
!Iinclude/asm-x86/mca_dma.h
|
||||
!Iarch/x86/include/asm/mca_dma.h
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
@ -283,6 +283,7 @@ X!Earch/x86/kernel/mca_32.c
|
||||
<chapter id="security">
|
||||
<title>Security Framework</title>
|
||||
!Isecurity/security.c
|
||||
!Esecurity/inode.c
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="audit">
|
||||
@ -364,6 +365,10 @@ X!Edrivers/pnp/system.c
|
||||
!Eblock/blk-barrier.c
|
||||
!Eblock/blk-tag.c
|
||||
!Iblock/blk-tag.c
|
||||
!Eblock/blk-integrity.c
|
||||
!Iblock/blktrace.c
|
||||
!Iblock/genhd.c
|
||||
!Eblock/genhd.c
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="chrdev">
|
||||
|
@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ static struct block_device_operations opt_fops = {
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Function names as strings (__FUNCTION__).
|
||||
Function names as strings (__func__).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ static struct block_device_operations opt_fops = {
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<filename>include/asm-x86/delay_32.h:</filename>
|
||||
<filename>arch/x86/include/asm/delay.h:</filename>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
#define ndelay(n) (__builtin_constant_p(n) ? \
|
||||
@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ static struct block_device_operations opt_fops = {
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<filename>include/asm-x86/uaccess_32.h:</filename>
|
||||
<filename>arch/x86/include/asm/uaccess_32.h:</filename>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
|
@ -145,7 +145,6 @@ usage should require reading the full document.
|
||||
this though and the recommendation to allow only a single
|
||||
interface in STA mode at first!
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_if_types
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_if_init_conf
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_if_conf
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
@ -177,8 +176,7 @@ usage should require reading the full document.
|
||||
<title>functions/definitions</title>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx_status
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h mac80211_rx_flags
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_control
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_status_flags
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_info
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx_irqsafe
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_status
|
||||
@ -189,12 +187,11 @@ usage should require reading the full document.
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ctstoself_duration
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_generic_frame_duration
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_hdrlen
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_hdrlen
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_wake_queue
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_queue
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_start_queues
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_queues
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_wake_queues
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_queues
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -230,8 +227,7 @@ usage should require reading the full document.
|
||||
<title>Multiple queues and QoS support</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_queue_params
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_queue_stats_data
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_queue
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_queue_stats
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="AP">
|
||||
|
@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
|
||||
<surname>Cox</surname>
|
||||
<affiliation>
|
||||
<address>
|
||||
<email>alan@redhat.com</email>
|
||||
<email>alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk</email>
|
||||
</address>
|
||||
</affiliation>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="dmafunctions">
|
||||
<title>DMA Functions Provided</title>
|
||||
!Iinclude/asm-x86/mca_dma.h
|
||||
!Iarch/x86/include/asm/mca_dma.h
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
</book>
|
||||
|
@ -14,17 +14,20 @@
|
||||
<othername>(J.A.K.)</othername>
|
||||
<surname>Mouw</surname>
|
||||
<affiliation>
|
||||
<orgname>Delft University of Technology</orgname>
|
||||
<orgdiv>Faculty of Information Technology and Systems</orgdiv>
|
||||
<address>
|
||||
<email>J.A.K.Mouw@its.tudelft.nl</email>
|
||||
<pob>PO BOX 5031</pob>
|
||||
<postcode>2600 GA</postcode>
|
||||
<city>Delft</city>
|
||||
<country>The Netherlands</country>
|
||||
<email>mouw@nl.linux.org</email>
|
||||
</address>
|
||||
</affiliation>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
<othercredit>
|
||||
<contrib>
|
||||
This software and documentation were written while working on the
|
||||
LART computing board
|
||||
(<ulink url="http://www.lartmaker.nl/">http://www.lartmaker.nl/</ulink>),
|
||||
which was sponsored by the Delt University of Technology projects
|
||||
Mobile Multi-media Communications and Ubiquitous Communications.
|
||||
</contrib>
|
||||
</othercredit>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
|
||||
<revhistory>
|
||||
@ -108,18 +111,6 @@
|
||||
proofreading.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This documentation was written while working on the LART
|
||||
computing board (<ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.lart.tudelft.nl/">http://www.lart.tudelft.nl/</ulink>),
|
||||
which is sponsored by the Mobile Multi-media Communications
|
||||
(<ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.mmc.tudelft.nl/">http://www.mmc.tudelft.nl/</ulink>)
|
||||
and Ubiquitous Communications (<ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.ubicom.tudelft.nl/">http://www.ubicom.tudelft.nl/</ulink>)
|
||||
projects.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Erik
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
@ -1,28 +1,16 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* procfs_example.c: an example proc interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2001, Erik Mouw (J.A.K.Mouw@its.tudelft.nl)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2001, Erik Mouw (mouw@nl.linux.org)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file accompanies the procfs-guide in the Linux kernel
|
||||
* source. Its main use is to demonstrate the concepts and
|
||||
* functions described in the guide.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software has been developed while working on the LART
|
||||
* computing board (http://www.lart.tudelft.nl/), which is
|
||||
* sponsored by the Mobile Multi-media Communications
|
||||
* (http://www.mmc.tudelft.nl/) and Ubiquitous Communications
|
||||
* (http://www.ubicom.tudelft.nl/) projects.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The author can be reached at:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Erik Mouw
|
||||
* Information and Communication Theory Group
|
||||
* Faculty of Information Technology and Systems
|
||||
* Delft University of Technology
|
||||
* P.O. Box 5031
|
||||
* 2600 GA Delft
|
||||
* The Netherlands
|
||||
*
|
||||
* computing board (http://www.lartmaker.nl), which was sponsored
|
||||
* by the Delt University of Technology projects Mobile Multi-media
|
||||
* Communications and Ubiquitous Communications.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute
|
||||
* it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General
|
||||
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
|
||||
<surname>Cox</surname>
|
||||
<affiliation>
|
||||
<address>
|
||||
<email>alan@redhat.com</email>
|
||||
<email>alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk</email>
|
||||
</address>
|
||||
</affiliation>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
|
@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
|
||||
<surname>Cox</surname>
|
||||
<affiliation>
|
||||
<address>
|
||||
<email>alan@redhat.com</email>
|
||||
<email>alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk</email>
|
||||
</address>
|
||||
</affiliation>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
|
@ -77,7 +77,8 @@ documentation files are also added which explain how to use the feature.
|
||||
When a kernel change causes the interface that the kernel exposes to
|
||||
userspace to change, it is recommended that you send the information or
|
||||
a patch to the manual pages explaining the change to the manual pages
|
||||
maintainer at mtk.manpages@gmail.com.
|
||||
maintainer at mtk.manpages@gmail.com, and CC the list
|
||||
linux-api@vger.kernel.org.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is a list of files that are in the kernel source tree that are
|
||||
required reading:
|
||||
@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ required reading:
|
||||
|
||||
Other excellent descriptions of how to create patches properly are:
|
||||
"The Perfect Patch"
|
||||
http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt
|
||||
http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt
|
||||
"Linux kernel patch submission format"
|
||||
http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html
|
||||
|
||||
@ -619,7 +620,7 @@ all time. It should describe the patch completely, containing:
|
||||
For more details on what this should all look like, please see the
|
||||
ChangeLog section of the document:
|
||||
"The Perfect Patch"
|
||||
http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt
|
||||
http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ companies. If you sign purchase orders or you have any clue about the
|
||||
budget of your group, you're almost certainly not a kernel manager.
|
||||
These suggestions may or may not apply to you.
|
||||
|
||||
First off, I'd suggest buying "Seven Habits of Highly Successful
|
||||
First off, I'd suggest buying "Seven Habits of Highly Effective
|
||||
People", and NOT read it. Burn it, it's a great symbolic gesture.
|
||||
|
||||
(*) This document does so not so much by answering the question, but by
|
||||
|
@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
|
||||
00-INDEX
|
||||
- this file
|
||||
MSI-HOWTO.txt
|
||||
- the Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI) Driver Guide HOWTO and FAQ.
|
||||
PCI-DMA-mapping.txt
|
||||
- info for PCI drivers using DMA portably across all platforms
|
||||
PCIEBUS-HOWTO.txt
|
||||
|
@ -236,10 +236,8 @@ software system can set different pages for controlling accesses to the
|
||||
MSI-X structure. The implementation of MSI support requires the PCI
|
||||
subsystem, not a device driver, to maintain full control of the MSI-X
|
||||
table/MSI-X PBA (Pending Bit Array) and MMIO address space of the MSI-X
|
||||
table/MSI-X PBA. A device driver is prohibited from requesting the MMIO
|
||||
address space of the MSI-X table/MSI-X PBA. Otherwise, the PCI subsystem
|
||||
will fail enabling MSI-X on its hardware device when it calls the function
|
||||
pci_enable_msix().
|
||||
table/MSI-X PBA. A device driver should not access the MMIO address
|
||||
space of the MSI-X table/MSI-X PBA.
|
||||
|
||||
5.3.2 API pci_enable_msix
|
||||
|
@ -163,6 +163,10 @@ need pass only as many optional fields as necessary:
|
||||
o class and classmask fields default to 0
|
||||
o driver_data defaults to 0UL.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that driver_data must match the value used by any of the pci_device_id
|
||||
entries defined in the driver. This makes the driver_data field mandatory
|
||||
if all the pci_device_id entries have a non-zero driver_data value.
|
||||
|
||||
Once added, the driver probe routine will be invoked for any unclaimed
|
||||
PCI devices listed in its (newly updated) pci_ids list.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -203,22 +203,17 @@ to mmio_enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
3.3 helper functions
|
||||
|
||||
3.3.1 int pci_find_aer_capability(struct pci_dev *dev);
|
||||
pci_find_aer_capability locates the PCI Express AER capability
|
||||
in the device configuration space. If the device doesn't support
|
||||
PCI-Express AER, the function returns 0.
|
||||
|
||||
3.3.2 int pci_enable_pcie_error_reporting(struct pci_dev *dev);
|
||||
3.3.1 int pci_enable_pcie_error_reporting(struct pci_dev *dev);
|
||||
pci_enable_pcie_error_reporting enables the device to send error
|
||||
messages to root port when an error is detected. Note that devices
|
||||
don't enable the error reporting by default, so device drivers need
|
||||
call this function to enable it.
|
||||
|
||||
3.3.3 int pci_disable_pcie_error_reporting(struct pci_dev *dev);
|
||||
3.3.2 int pci_disable_pcie_error_reporting(struct pci_dev *dev);
|
||||
pci_disable_pcie_error_reporting disables the device to send error
|
||||
messages to root port when an error is detected.
|
||||
|
||||
3.3.4 int pci_cleanup_aer_uncorrect_error_status(struct pci_dev *dev);
|
||||
3.3.3 int pci_cleanup_aer_uncorrect_error_status(struct pci_dev *dev);
|
||||
pci_cleanup_aer_uncorrect_error_status cleanups the uncorrectable
|
||||
error status register.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
|
||||
number of updates per grace period.
|
||||
|
||||
9. All RCU list-traversal primitives, which include
|
||||
rcu_dereference(), list_for_each_rcu(), list_for_each_entry_rcu(),
|
||||
rcu_dereference(), list_for_each_entry_rcu(),
|
||||
list_for_each_continue_rcu(), and list_for_each_safe_rcu(),
|
||||
must be either within an RCU read-side critical section or
|
||||
must be protected by appropriate update-side locks. RCU
|
||||
|
@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ release_referenced() delete()
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
If this list/array is made lock free using RCU as in changing the
|
||||
write_lock() in add() and delete() to spin_lock and changing read_lock
|
||||
in search_and_reference to rcu_read_lock(), the atomic_get in
|
||||
search_and_reference could potentially hold reference to an element which
|
||||
write_lock() in add() and delete() to spin_lock() and changing read_lock()
|
||||
in search_and_reference() to rcu_read_lock(), the atomic_inc() in
|
||||
search_and_reference() could potentially hold reference to an element which
|
||||
has already been deleted from the list/array. Use atomic_inc_not_zero()
|
||||
in this scenario as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
@ -40,20 +40,20 @@ add() search_and_reference()
|
||||
{ {
|
||||
alloc_object rcu_read_lock();
|
||||
... search_for_element
|
||||
atomic_set(&el->rc, 1); if (atomic_inc_not_zero(&el->rc)) {
|
||||
write_lock(&list_lock); rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
atomic_set(&el->rc, 1); if (!atomic_inc_not_zero(&el->rc)) {
|
||||
spin_lock(&list_lock); rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
return FAIL;
|
||||
add_element }
|
||||
... ...
|
||||
write_unlock(&list_lock); rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
spin_unlock(&list_lock); rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
} }
|
||||
3. 4.
|
||||
release_referenced() delete()
|
||||
{ {
|
||||
... write_lock(&list_lock);
|
||||
... spin_lock(&list_lock);
|
||||
if (atomic_dec_and_test(&el->rc)) ...
|
||||
call_rcu(&el->head, el_free); delete_element
|
||||
... write_unlock(&list_lock);
|
||||
... spin_unlock(&list_lock);
|
||||
} ...
|
||||
if (atomic_dec_and_test(&el->rc))
|
||||
call_rcu(&el->head, el_free);
|
||||
|
@ -786,8 +786,6 @@ RCU pointer/list traversal:
|
||||
list_for_each_entry_rcu
|
||||
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu
|
||||
|
||||
list_for_each_rcu (to be deprecated in favor of
|
||||
list_for_each_entry_rcu)
|
||||
list_for_each_continue_rcu (to be deprecated in favor of new
|
||||
list_for_each_entry_continue_rcu)
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
Linux 2.4.2 Secure Attention Key (SAK) handling
|
||||
18 March 2001, Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
|
||||
18 March 2001, Andrew Morton
|
||||
|
||||
An operating system's Secure Attention Key is a security tool which is
|
||||
provided as protection against trojan password capturing programs. It
|
||||
|
27
Documentation/SELinux.txt
Normal file
27
Documentation/SELinux.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||
If you want to use SELinux, chances are you will want
|
||||
to use the distro-provided policies, or install the
|
||||
latest reference policy release from
|
||||
http://oss.tresys.com/projects/refpolicy
|
||||
|
||||
However, if you want to install a dummy policy for
|
||||
testing, you can do using 'mdp' provided under
|
||||
scripts/selinux. Note that this requires the selinux
|
||||
userspace to be installed - in particular you will
|
||||
need checkpolicy to compile a kernel, and setfiles and
|
||||
fixfiles to label the filesystem.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Compile the kernel with selinux enabled.
|
||||
2. Type 'make' to compile mdp.
|
||||
3. Make sure that you are not running with
|
||||
SELinux enabled and a real policy. If
|
||||
you are, reboot with selinux disabled
|
||||
before continuing.
|
||||
4. Run install_policy.sh:
|
||||
cd scripts/selinux
|
||||
sh install_policy.sh
|
||||
|
||||
Step 4 will create a new dummy policy valid for your
|
||||
kernel, with a single selinux user, role, and type.
|
||||
It will compile the policy, will set your SELINUXTYPE to
|
||||
dummy in /etc/selinux/config, install the compiled policy
|
||||
as 'dummy', and relabel your filesystem.
|
@ -67,6 +67,8 @@ kernel patches.
|
||||
|
||||
19: All new userspace interfaces are documented in Documentation/ABI/.
|
||||
See Documentation/ABI/README for more information.
|
||||
Patches that change userspace interfaces should be CCed to
|
||||
linux-api@vger.kernel.org.
|
||||
|
||||
20: Check that it all passes `make headers_check'.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -83,3 +85,6 @@ kernel patches.
|
||||
23: Tested after it has been merged into the -mm patchset to make sure
|
||||
that it still works with all of the other queued patches and various
|
||||
changes in the VM, VFS, and other subsystems.
|
||||
|
||||
24: All memory barriers {e.g., barrier(), rmb(), wmb()} need a comment in the
|
||||
source code that explains the logic of what they are doing and why.
|
||||
|
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Linux 2.4:
|
||||
Linux 2.6:
|
||||
The same rules apply as 2.4 except that you should follow linux-kernel
|
||||
to track changes in API's. The final contact point for Linux 2.6
|
||||
submissions is Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>.
|
||||
submissions is Andrew Morton.
|
||||
|
||||
What Criteria Determine Acceptance
|
||||
----------------------------------
|
||||
|
@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Quilt:
|
||||
http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/quilt
|
||||
|
||||
Andrew Morton's patch scripts:
|
||||
http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/
|
||||
http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/patch-scripts.tar.gz
|
||||
Instead of these scripts, quilt is the recommended patch management
|
||||
tool (see above).
|
||||
|
||||
@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ person it names. This tag documents that potentially interested parties
|
||||
have been included in the discussion
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
14) Using Test-by: and Reviewed-by:
|
||||
14) Using Tested-by: and Reviewed-by:
|
||||
|
||||
A Tested-by: tag indicates that the patch has been successfully tested (in
|
||||
some environment) by the person named. This tag informs maintainers that
|
||||
@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ SECTION 3 - REFERENCES
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Andrew Morton, "The perfect patch" (tpp).
|
||||
<http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt>
|
||||
<http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt>
|
||||
|
||||
Jeff Garzik, "Linux kernel patch submission format".
|
||||
<http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html>
|
||||
@ -672,4 +672,9 @@ Kernel Documentation/CodingStyle:
|
||||
|
||||
Linus Torvalds's mail on the canonical patch format:
|
||||
<http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/4/7/183>
|
||||
|
||||
Andi Kleen, "On submitting kernel patches"
|
||||
Some strategies to get difficult or controversal changes in.
|
||||
http://halobates.de/on-submitting-patches.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
|
1
Documentation/accounting/.gitignore
vendored
Normal file
1
Documentation/accounting/.gitignore
vendored
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
getdelays
|
148
Documentation/acpi/debug.txt
Normal file
148
Documentation/acpi/debug.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
|
||||
ACPI Debug Output
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The ACPI CA, the Linux ACPI core, and some ACPI drivers can generate debug
|
||||
output. This document describes how to use this facility.
|
||||
|
||||
Compile-time configuration
|
||||
--------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
ACPI debug output is globally enabled by CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG. If this config
|
||||
option is turned off, the debug messages are not even built into the
|
||||
kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
Boot- and run-time configuration
|
||||
--------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
When CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG=y, you can select the component and level of messages
|
||||
you're interested in. At boot-time, use the acpi.debug_layer and
|
||||
acpi.debug_level kernel command line options. After boot, you can use the
|
||||
debug_layer and debug_level files in /sys/module/acpi/parameters/ to control
|
||||
the debug messages.
|
||||
|
||||
debug_layer (component)
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The "debug_layer" is a mask that selects components of interest, e.g., a
|
||||
specific driver or part of the ACPI interpreter. To build the debug_layer
|
||||
bitmask, look for the "#define _COMPONENT" in an ACPI source file.
|
||||
|
||||
You can set the debug_layer mask at boot-time using the acpi.debug_layer
|
||||
command line argument, and you can change it after boot by writing values
|
||||
to /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_layer.
|
||||
|
||||
The possible components are defined in include/acpi/acoutput.h and
|
||||
include/acpi/acpi_drivers.h. Reading /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_layer
|
||||
shows the supported mask values, currently these:
|
||||
|
||||
ACPI_UTILITIES 0x00000001
|
||||
ACPI_HARDWARE 0x00000002
|
||||
ACPI_EVENTS 0x00000004
|
||||
ACPI_TABLES 0x00000008
|
||||
ACPI_NAMESPACE 0x00000010
|
||||
ACPI_PARSER 0x00000020
|
||||
ACPI_DISPATCHER 0x00000040
|
||||
ACPI_EXECUTER 0x00000080
|
||||
ACPI_RESOURCES 0x00000100
|
||||
ACPI_CA_DEBUGGER 0x00000200
|
||||
ACPI_OS_SERVICES 0x00000400
|
||||
ACPI_CA_DISASSEMBLER 0x00000800
|
||||
ACPI_COMPILER 0x00001000
|
||||
ACPI_TOOLS 0x00002000
|
||||
ACPI_BUS_COMPONENT 0x00010000
|
||||
ACPI_AC_COMPONENT 0x00020000
|
||||
ACPI_BATTERY_COMPONENT 0x00040000
|
||||
ACPI_BUTTON_COMPONENT 0x00080000
|
||||
ACPI_SBS_COMPONENT 0x00100000
|
||||
ACPI_FAN_COMPONENT 0x00200000
|
||||
ACPI_PCI_COMPONENT 0x00400000
|
||||
ACPI_POWER_COMPONENT 0x00800000
|
||||
ACPI_CONTAINER_COMPONENT 0x01000000
|
||||
ACPI_SYSTEM_COMPONENT 0x02000000
|
||||
ACPI_THERMAL_COMPONENT 0x04000000
|
||||
ACPI_MEMORY_DEVICE_COMPONENT 0x08000000
|
||||
ACPI_VIDEO_COMPONENT 0x10000000
|
||||
ACPI_PROCESSOR_COMPONENT 0x20000000
|
||||
|
||||
debug_level
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
The "debug_level" is a mask that selects different types of messages, e.g.,
|
||||
those related to initialization, method execution, informational messages, etc.
|
||||
To build debug_level, look at the level specified in an ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT()
|
||||
statement.
|
||||
|
||||
The ACPI interpreter uses several different levels, but the Linux
|
||||
ACPI core and ACPI drivers generally only use ACPI_LV_INFO.
|
||||
|
||||
You can set the debug_level mask at boot-time using the acpi.debug_level
|
||||
command line argument, and you can change it after boot by writing values
|
||||
to /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_level.
|
||||
|
||||
The possible levels are defined in include/acpi/acoutput.h. Reading
|
||||
/sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_level shows the supported mask values,
|
||||
currently these:
|
||||
|
||||
ACPI_LV_INIT 0x00000001
|
||||
ACPI_LV_DEBUG_OBJECT 0x00000002
|
||||
ACPI_LV_INFO 0x00000004
|
||||
ACPI_LV_INIT_NAMES 0x00000020
|
||||
ACPI_LV_PARSE 0x00000040
|
||||
ACPI_LV_LOAD 0x00000080
|
||||
ACPI_LV_DISPATCH 0x00000100
|
||||
ACPI_LV_EXEC 0x00000200
|
||||
ACPI_LV_NAMES 0x00000400
|
||||
ACPI_LV_OPREGION 0x00000800
|
||||
ACPI_LV_BFIELD 0x00001000
|
||||
ACPI_LV_TABLES 0x00002000
|
||||
ACPI_LV_VALUES 0x00004000
|
||||
ACPI_LV_OBJECTS 0x00008000
|
||||
ACPI_LV_RESOURCES 0x00010000
|
||||
ACPI_LV_USER_REQUESTS 0x00020000
|
||||
ACPI_LV_PACKAGE 0x00040000
|
||||
ACPI_LV_ALLOCATIONS 0x00100000
|
||||
ACPI_LV_FUNCTIONS 0x00200000
|
||||
ACPI_LV_OPTIMIZATIONS 0x00400000
|
||||
ACPI_LV_MUTEX 0x01000000
|
||||
ACPI_LV_THREADS 0x02000000
|
||||
ACPI_LV_IO 0x04000000
|
||||
ACPI_LV_INTERRUPTS 0x08000000
|
||||
ACPI_LV_AML_DISASSEMBLE 0x10000000
|
||||
ACPI_LV_VERBOSE_INFO 0x20000000
|
||||
ACPI_LV_FULL_TABLES 0x40000000
|
||||
ACPI_LV_EVENTS 0x80000000
|
||||
|
||||
Examples
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
For example, drivers/acpi/bus.c contains this:
|
||||
|
||||
#define _COMPONENT ACPI_BUS_COMPONENT
|
||||
...
|
||||
ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT((ACPI_DB_INFO, "Device insertion detected\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
To turn on this message, set the ACPI_BUS_COMPONENT bit in acpi.debug_layer
|
||||
and the ACPI_LV_INFO bit in acpi.debug_level. (The ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT
|
||||
statement uses ACPI_DB_INFO, which is macro based on the ACPI_LV_INFO
|
||||
definition.)
|
||||
|
||||
Enable all AML "Debug" output (stores to the Debug object while interpreting
|
||||
AML) during boot:
|
||||
|
||||
acpi.debug_layer=0xffffffff acpi.debug_level=0x2
|
||||
|
||||
Enable PCI and PCI interrupt routing debug messages:
|
||||
|
||||
acpi.debug_layer=0x400000 acpi.debug_level=0x4
|
||||
|
||||
Enable all ACPI hardware-related messages:
|
||||
|
||||
acpi.debug_layer=0x2 acpi.debug_level=0xffffffff
|
||||
|
||||
Enable all ACPI_DB_INFO messages after boot:
|
||||
|
||||
# echo 0x4 > /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_level
|
||||
|
||||
Show all valid component values:
|
||||
|
||||
# cat /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_layer
|
@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
|
||||
Empeg, Ltd's Empeg MP3 Car Audio Player
|
||||
|
||||
The initial design is to go in your car, but you can use it at home, on a
|
||||
boat... almost anywhere. The principle is to store CD-quality music using
|
||||
MPEG technology onto a hard disk in the unit, and use the power of the
|
||||
embedded computer to serve up the music you want.
|
||||
|
||||
For more details, see:
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.empeg.com
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
||||
Infra-red driver documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
Mike Crowe <mac@empeg.com>
|
||||
(C) Empeg Ltd 1999
|
||||
|
||||
Not a lot here yet :-)
|
||||
|
||||
The Kenwood KCA-R6A remote control generates a sequence like the following:
|
||||
|
||||
Go low for approx 16T (Around 9000us)
|
||||
Go high for approx 8T (Around 4000us)
|
||||
Go low for less than 2T (Around 750us)
|
||||
|
||||
For each of the 32 bits
|
||||
Go high for more than 2T (Around 1500us) == 1
|
||||
Go high for less than T (Around 400us) == 0
|
||||
Go low for less than 2T (Around 750us)
|
||||
|
||||
Rather than repeat a signal when the button is held down certain buttons
|
||||
generate the following code to indicate repetition.
|
||||
|
||||
Go low for approx 16T
|
||||
Go high for approx 4T
|
||||
Go low for less than 2T
|
||||
|
||||
(By removing the <2T from the start of the sequence and placing at the end
|
||||
it can be considered a stop bit but I found it easier to deal with it at
|
||||
the start).
|
||||
|
||||
The 32 bits are encoded as XxYy where x and y are the actual data values
|
||||
while X and Y are the logical inverses of the associated data values. Using
|
||||
LSB first yields sensible codes for the numbers.
|
||||
|
||||
All codes are of the form b9xx
|
||||
|
||||
The numeric keys generate the code 0x where x is the number pressed.
|
||||
|
||||
Tuner 1c
|
||||
Tape 1d
|
||||
CD 1e
|
||||
CD-MD-CH 1f
|
||||
Track- 0a
|
||||
Track+ 0b
|
||||
Rewind 0c
|
||||
FF 0d
|
||||
DNPP 5e
|
||||
Play/Pause 0e
|
||||
Vol+ 14
|
||||
Vol- 15
|
@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
mknod /dev/display c 244 0
|
||||
mknod /dev/ir c 242 0
|
||||
mknod /dev/usb0 c 243 0
|
||||
mknod /dev/audio c 245 4
|
||||
mknod /dev/dsp c 245 3
|
||||
mknod /dev/mixer c 245 0
|
||||
mknod /dev/empeg_state c 246 0
|
||||
mknod /dev/radio0 c 81 64
|
||||
ln -sf radio0 radio
|
||||
ln -sf usb0 usb
|
1
Documentation/auxdisplay/.gitignore
vendored
Normal file
1
Documentation/auxdisplay/.gitignore
vendored
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
cfag12864b-example
|
@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
|
||||
A Simple Guide to Configure KGDB
|
||||
|
||||
Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
|
||||
Aug. 24th 2006
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
This KGDB patch enables the kernel developer to do source level debugging on
|
||||
the kernel for the Blackfin architecture. The debugging works over either the
|
||||
ethernet interface or one of the uarts. Both software breakpoints and
|
||||
hardware breakpoints are supported in this version.
|
||||
http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=kgdb
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2 known issues:
|
||||
1. This bug:
|
||||
http://blackfin.uclinux.org/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=544&group_id=18&atid=145
|
||||
The GDB client for Blackfin uClinux causes incorrect values of local
|
||||
variables to be displayed when the user breaks the running of kernel in GDB.
|
||||
2. Because of a hardware bug in Blackfin 533 v1.0.3:
|
||||
05000067 - Watchpoints (Hardware Breakpoints) are not supported
|
||||
Hardware breakpoints cannot be set properly.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Debug over Ethernet:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Compile and install the cross platform version of gdb for blackfin, which
|
||||
can be found at $(BINROOT)/bfin-elf-gdb.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Apply this patch to the 2.6.x kernel. Select the menuconfig option under
|
||||
"Kernel hacking" -> "Kernel debugging" -> "KGDB: kernel debug with remote gdb".
|
||||
With this selected, option "Full Symbolic/Source Debugging support" and
|
||||
"Compile the kernel with frame pointers" are also selected.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Select option "KGDB: connect over (Ethernet)". Add "kgdboe=@target-IP/,@host-IP/" to
|
||||
the option "Compiled-in Kernel Boot Parameter" under "Kernel hacking".
|
||||
|
||||
4. Connect minicom to the serial port and boot the kernel image.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Configure the IP "/> ifconfig eth0 target-IP"
|
||||
|
||||
6. Start GDB client "bfin-elf-gdb vmlinux".
|
||||
|
||||
7. Connect to the target "(gdb) target remote udp:target-IP:6443".
|
||||
|
||||
8. Set software breakpoint "(gdb) break sys_open".
|
||||
|
||||
9. Continue "(gdb) c".
|
||||
|
||||
10. Run ls in the target console "/> ls".
|
||||
|
||||
11. Breakpoint hits. "Breakpoint 1: sys_open(..."
|
||||
|
||||
12. Display local variables and function paramters.
|
||||
(*) This operation gives wrong results, see known issue 1.
|
||||
|
||||
13. Single stepping "(gdb) si".
|
||||
|
||||
14. Remove breakpoint 1. "(gdb) del 1"
|
||||
|
||||
15. Set hardware breakpoint "(gdb) hbreak sys_open".
|
||||
|
||||
16. Continue "(gdb) c".
|
||||
|
||||
17. Run ls in the target console "/> ls".
|
||||
|
||||
18. Hardware breakpoint hits. "Breakpoint 1: sys_open(...".
|
||||
(*) This hardware breakpoint will not be hit, see known issue 2.
|
||||
|
||||
19. Continue "(gdb) c".
|
||||
|
||||
20. Interrupt the target in GDB "Ctrl+C".
|
||||
|
||||
21. Detach from the target "(gdb) detach".
|
||||
|
||||
22. Exit GDB "(gdb) quit".
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Debug over the UART:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Compile and install the cross platform version of gdb for blackfin, which
|
||||
can be found at $(BINROOT)/bfin-elf-gdb.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Apply this patch to the 2.6.x kernel. Select the menuconfig option under
|
||||
"Kernel hacking" -> "Kernel debugging" -> "KGDB: kernel debug with remote gdb".
|
||||
With this selected, option "Full Symbolic/Source Debugging support" and
|
||||
"Compile the kernel with frame pointers" are also selected.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Select option "KGDB: connect over (UART)". Set "KGDB: UART port number" to be
|
||||
a different one from the console. Don't forget to change the mode of
|
||||
blackfin serial driver to PIO. Otherwise kgdb works incorrectly on UART.
|
||||
|
||||
4. If you want connect to kgdb when the kernel boots, enable
|
||||
"KGDB: Wait for gdb connection early"
|
||||
|
||||
5. Compile kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Connect minicom to the serial port of the console and boot the kernel image.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Start GDB client "bfin-elf-gdb vmlinux".
|
||||
|
||||
8. Set the baud rate in GDB "(gdb) set remotebaud 57600".
|
||||
|
||||
9. Connect to the target on the second serial port "(gdb) target remote /dev/ttyS1".
|
||||
|
||||
10. Set software breakpoint "(gdb) break sys_open".
|
||||
|
||||
11. Continue "(gdb) c".
|
||||
|
||||
12. Run ls in the target console "/> ls".
|
||||
|
||||
13. A breakpoint is hit. "Breakpoint 1: sys_open(..."
|
||||
|
||||
14. All other operations are the same as that in KGDB over Ethernet.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Debug over the same UART as console:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Compile and install the cross platform version of gdb for blackfin, which
|
||||
can be found at $(BINROOT)/bfin-elf-gdb.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Apply this patch to the 2.6.x kernel. Select the menuconfig option under
|
||||
"Kernel hacking" -> "Kernel debugging" -> "KGDB: kernel debug with remote gdb".
|
||||
With this selected, option "Full Symbolic/Source Debugging support" and
|
||||
"Compile the kernel with frame pointers" are also selected.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Select option "KGDB: connect over UART". Set "KGDB: UART port number" to console.
|
||||
Don't forget to change the mode of blackfin serial driver to PIO.
|
||||
Otherwise kgdb works incorrectly on UART.
|
||||
|
||||
4. If you want connect to kgdb when the kernel boots, enable
|
||||
"KGDB: Wait for gdb connection early"
|
||||
|
||||
5. Connect minicom to the serial port and boot the kernel image.
|
||||
|
||||
6. (Optional) Ask target to wait for gdb connection by entering Ctrl+A. In minicom, you should enter Ctrl+A+A.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Start GDB client "bfin-elf-gdb vmlinux".
|
||||
|
||||
8. Set the baud rate in GDB "(gdb) set remotebaud 57600".
|
||||
|
||||
9. Connect to the target "(gdb) target remote /dev/ttyS0".
|
||||
|
||||
10. Set software breakpoint "(gdb) break sys_open".
|
||||
|
||||
11. Continue "(gdb) c". Then enter Ctrl+C twice to stop GDB connection.
|
||||
|
||||
12. Run ls in the target console "/> ls". Dummy string can be seen on the console.
|
||||
|
||||
13. Then connect the gdb to target again. "(gdb) target remote /dev/ttyS0".
|
||||
Now you will find a breakpoint is hit. "Breakpoint 1: sys_open(..."
|
||||
|
||||
14. All other operations are the same as that in KGDB over Ethernet. The only
|
||||
difference is that after continue command in GDB, please stop GDB
|
||||
connection by 2 "Ctrl+C"s and connect again after breakpoints are hit or
|
||||
Ctrl+A is entered.
|
@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ will require extra work due to the application tag.
|
||||
retrieve the tag buffer using bio_integrity_get_tag().
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
6.3 PASSING EXISTING INTEGRITY METADATA
|
||||
5.3 PASSING EXISTING INTEGRITY METADATA
|
||||
|
||||
Filesystems that either generate their own integrity metadata or
|
||||
are capable of transferring IMD from user space can use the
|
||||
@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ will require extra work due to the application tag.
|
||||
integrity upon completion.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
6.4 REGISTERING A BLOCK DEVICE AS CAPABLE OF EXCHANGING INTEGRITY
|
||||
5.4 REGISTERING A BLOCK DEVICE AS CAPABLE OF EXCHANGING INTEGRITY
|
||||
METADATA
|
||||
|
||||
To enable integrity exchange on a block device the gendisk must be
|
||||
|
@ -30,12 +30,18 @@ write_expire (in ms)
|
||||
Similar to read_expire mentioned above, but for writes.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
fifo_batch
|
||||
fifo_batch (number of requests)
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
When a read request expires its deadline, we must move some requests from
|
||||
the sorted io scheduler list to the block device dispatch queue. fifo_batch
|
||||
controls how many requests we move.
|
||||
Requests are grouped into ``batches'' of a particular data direction (read or
|
||||
write) which are serviced in increasing sector order. To limit extra seeking,
|
||||
deadline expiries are only checked between batches. fifo_batch controls the
|
||||
maximum number of requests per batch.
|
||||
|
||||
This parameter tunes the balance between per-request latency and aggregate
|
||||
throughput. When low latency is the primary concern, smaller is better (where
|
||||
a value of 1 yields first-come first-served behaviour). Increasing fifo_batch
|
||||
generally improves throughput, at the cost of latency variation.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
writes_starved (number of dispatches)
|
||||
|
16
Documentation/blockdev/00-INDEX
Normal file
16
Documentation/blockdev/00-INDEX
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||
00-INDEX
|
||||
- this file
|
||||
README.DAC960
|
||||
- info on Mylex DAC960/DAC1100 PCI RAID Controller Driver for Linux.
|
||||
cciss.txt
|
||||
- info, major/minor #'s for Compaq's SMART Array Controllers.
|
||||
cpqarray.txt
|
||||
- info on using Compaq's SMART2 Intelligent Disk Array Controllers.
|
||||
floppy.txt
|
||||
- notes and driver options for the floppy disk driver.
|
||||
nbd.txt
|
||||
- info on a TCP implementation of a network block device.
|
||||
paride.txt
|
||||
- information about the parallel port IDE subsystem.
|
||||
ramdisk.txt
|
||||
- short guide on how to set up and use the RAM disk.
|
@ -21,11 +21,14 @@ This driver is known to work with the following cards:
|
||||
* SA E200
|
||||
* SA E200i
|
||||
* SA E500
|
||||
* SA P700m
|
||||
* SA P212
|
||||
* SA P410
|
||||
* SA P410i
|
||||
* SA P411
|
||||
* SA P812
|
||||
* SA P712m
|
||||
* SA P711m
|
||||
|
||||
Detecting drive failures:
|
||||
-------------------------
|
90
Documentation/c2port.txt
Normal file
90
Documentation/c2port.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
|
||||
C2 port support
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
|
||||
(C) Copyright 2007 Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@enneenne.com>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Overview
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
This driver implements the support for Linux of Silicon Labs (Silabs)
|
||||
C2 Interface used for in-system programming of micro controllers.
|
||||
|
||||
By using this driver you can reprogram the in-system flash without EC2
|
||||
or EC3 debug adapter. This solution is also useful in those systems
|
||||
where the micro controller is connected via special GPIOs pins.
|
||||
|
||||
References
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
The C2 Interface main references are at (http://www.silabs.com)
|
||||
Silicon Laboratories site], see:
|
||||
|
||||
- AN127: FLASH Programming via the C2 Interface at
|
||||
http://www.silabs.com/public/documents/tpub_doc/anote/Microcontrollers/Small_Form_Factor/en/an127.pdf, and
|
||||
|
||||
- C2 Specification at
|
||||
http://www.silabs.com/public/documents/tpub_doc/spec/Microcontrollers/en/C2spec.pdf,
|
||||
|
||||
however it implements a two wire serial communication protocol (bit
|
||||
banging) designed to enable in-system programming, debugging, and
|
||||
boundary-scan testing on low pin-count Silicon Labs devices. Currently
|
||||
this code supports only flash programming but extensions are easy to
|
||||
add.
|
||||
|
||||
Using the driver
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
|
||||
Once the driver is loaded you can use sysfs support to get C2port's
|
||||
info or read/write in-system flash.
|
||||
|
||||
# ls /sys/class/c2port/c2port0/
|
||||
access flash_block_size flash_erase rev_id
|
||||
dev_id flash_blocks_num flash_size subsystem/
|
||||
flash_access flash_data reset uevent
|
||||
|
||||
Initially the C2port access is disabled since you hardware may have
|
||||
such lines multiplexed with other devices so, to get access to the
|
||||
C2port, you need the command:
|
||||
|
||||
# echo 1 > /sys/class/c2port/c2port0/access
|
||||
|
||||
after that you should read the device ID and revision ID of the
|
||||
connected micro controller:
|
||||
|
||||
# cat /sys/class/c2port/c2port0/dev_id
|
||||
8
|
||||
# cat /sys/class/c2port/c2port0/rev_id
|
||||
1
|
||||
|
||||
However, for security reasons, the in-system flash access in not
|
||||
enabled yet, to do so you need the command:
|
||||
|
||||
# echo 1 > /sys/class/c2port/c2port0/flash_access
|
||||
|
||||
After that you can read the whole flash:
|
||||
|
||||
# cat /sys/class/c2port/c2port0/flash_data > image
|
||||
|
||||
erase it:
|
||||
|
||||
# echo 1 > /sys/class/c2port/c2port0/flash_erase
|
||||
|
||||
and write it:
|
||||
|
||||
# cat image > /sys/class/c2port/c2port0/flash_data
|
||||
|
||||
after writing you have to reset the device to execute the new code:
|
||||
|
||||
# echo 1 > /sys/class/c2port/c2port0/reset
|
@ -145,8 +145,7 @@ useful for reading photocds.
|
||||
|
||||
To play an audio CD, you should first unmount and remove any data
|
||||
CDROM. Any of the CDROM player programs should then work (workman,
|
||||
workbone, cdplayer, etc.). Lacking anything else, you could use the
|
||||
cdtester program in Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd.
|
||||
workbone, cdplayer, etc.).
|
||||
|
||||
On a few drives, you can read digital audio directly using a program
|
||||
such as cdda2wav. The only types of drive which I've heard support
|
||||
|
102
Documentation/cgroups/freezer-subsystem.txt
Normal file
102
Documentation/cgroups/freezer-subsystem.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
|
||||
The cgroup freezer is useful to batch job management system which start
|
||||
and stop sets of tasks in order to schedule the resources of a machine
|
||||
according to the desires of a system administrator. This sort of program
|
||||
is often used on HPC clusters to schedule access to the cluster as a
|
||||
whole. The cgroup freezer uses cgroups to describe the set of tasks to
|
||||
be started/stopped by the batch job management system. It also provides
|
||||
a means to start and stop the tasks composing the job.
|
||||
|
||||
The cgroup freezer will also be useful for checkpointing running groups
|
||||
of tasks. The freezer allows the checkpoint code to obtain a consistent
|
||||
image of the tasks by attempting to force the tasks in a cgroup into a
|
||||
quiescent state. Once the tasks are quiescent another task can
|
||||
walk /proc or invoke a kernel interface to gather information about the
|
||||
quiesced tasks. Checkpointed tasks can be restarted later should a
|
||||
recoverable error occur. This also allows the checkpointed tasks to be
|
||||
migrated between nodes in a cluster by copying the gathered information
|
||||
to another node and restarting the tasks there.
|
||||
|
||||
Sequences of SIGSTOP and SIGCONT are not always sufficient for stopping
|
||||
and resuming tasks in userspace. Both of these signals are observable
|
||||
from within the tasks we wish to freeze. While SIGSTOP cannot be caught,
|
||||
blocked, or ignored it can be seen by waiting or ptracing parent tasks.
|
||||
SIGCONT is especially unsuitable since it can be caught by the task. Any
|
||||
programs designed to watch for SIGSTOP and SIGCONT could be broken by
|
||||
attempting to use SIGSTOP and SIGCONT to stop and resume tasks. We can
|
||||
demonstrate this problem using nested bash shells:
|
||||
|
||||
$ echo $$
|
||||
16644
|
||||
$ bash
|
||||
$ echo $$
|
||||
16690
|
||||
|
||||
From a second, unrelated bash shell:
|
||||
$ kill -SIGSTOP 16690
|
||||
$ kill -SIGCONT 16990
|
||||
|
||||
<at this point 16990 exits and causes 16644 to exit too>
|
||||
|
||||
This happens because bash can observe both signals and choose how it
|
||||
responds to them.
|
||||
|
||||
Another example of a program which catches and responds to these
|
||||
signals is gdb. In fact any program designed to use ptrace is likely to
|
||||
have a problem with this method of stopping and resuming tasks.
|
||||
|
||||
In contrast, the cgroup freezer uses the kernel freezer code to
|
||||
prevent the freeze/unfreeze cycle from becoming visible to the tasks
|
||||
being frozen. This allows the bash example above and gdb to run as
|
||||
expected.
|
||||
|
||||
The freezer subsystem in the container filesystem defines a file named
|
||||
freezer.state. Writing "FROZEN" to the state file will freeze all tasks in the
|
||||
cgroup. Subsequently writing "THAWED" will unfreeze the tasks in the cgroup.
|
||||
Reading will return the current state.
|
||||
|
||||
Note freezer.state doesn't exist in root cgroup, which means root cgroup
|
||||
is non-freezable.
|
||||
|
||||
* Examples of usage :
|
||||
|
||||
# mkdir /containers
|
||||
# mount -t cgroup -ofreezer freezer /containers
|
||||
# mkdir /containers/0
|
||||
# echo $some_pid > /containers/0/tasks
|
||||
|
||||
to get status of the freezer subsystem :
|
||||
|
||||
# cat /containers/0/freezer.state
|
||||
THAWED
|
||||
|
||||
to freeze all tasks in the container :
|
||||
|
||||
# echo FROZEN > /containers/0/freezer.state
|
||||
# cat /containers/0/freezer.state
|
||||
FREEZING
|
||||
# cat /containers/0/freezer.state
|
||||
FROZEN
|
||||
|
||||
to unfreeze all tasks in the container :
|
||||
|
||||
# echo THAWED > /containers/0/freezer.state
|
||||
# cat /containers/0/freezer.state
|
||||
THAWED
|
||||
|
||||
This is the basic mechanism which should do the right thing for user space task
|
||||
in a simple scenario.
|
||||
|
||||
It's important to note that freezing can be incomplete. In that case we return
|
||||
EBUSY. This means that some tasks in the cgroup are busy doing something that
|
||||
prevents us from completely freezing the cgroup at this time. After EBUSY,
|
||||
the cgroup will remain partially frozen -- reflected by freezer.state reporting
|
||||
"FREEZING" when read. The state will remain "FREEZING" until one of these
|
||||
things happens:
|
||||
|
||||
1) Userspace cancels the freezing operation by writing "THAWED" to
|
||||
the freezer.state file
|
||||
2) Userspace retries the freezing operation by writing "FROZEN" to
|
||||
the freezer.state file (writing "FREEZING" is not legal
|
||||
and returns EINVAL)
|
||||
3) The tasks that blocked the cgroup from entering the "FROZEN"
|
||||
state disappear from the cgroup's set of tasks.
|
1
Documentation/connector/.gitignore
vendored
Normal file
1
Documentation/connector/.gitignore
vendored
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
ucon
|
@ -112,14 +112,22 @@ the per cgroup LRU.
|
||||
|
||||
2.2.1 Accounting details
|
||||
|
||||
All mapped pages (RSS) and unmapped user pages (Page Cache) are accounted.
|
||||
RSS pages are accounted at the time of page_add_*_rmap() unless they've already
|
||||
been accounted for earlier. A file page will be accounted for as Page Cache;
|
||||
it's mapped into the page tables of a process, duplicate accounting is carefully
|
||||
avoided. Page Cache pages are accounted at the time of add_to_page_cache().
|
||||
The corresponding routines that remove a page from the page tables or removes
|
||||
a page from Page Cache is used to decrement the accounting counters of the
|
||||
cgroup.
|
||||
All mapped anon pages (RSS) and cache pages (Page Cache) are accounted.
|
||||
(some pages which never be reclaimable and will not be on global LRU
|
||||
are not accounted. we just accounts pages under usual vm management.)
|
||||
|
||||
RSS pages are accounted at page_fault unless they've already been accounted
|
||||
for earlier. A file page will be accounted for as Page Cache when it's
|
||||
inserted into inode (radix-tree). While it's mapped into the page tables of
|
||||
processes, duplicate accounting is carefully avoided.
|
||||
|
||||
A RSS page is unaccounted when it's fully unmapped. A PageCache page is
|
||||
unaccounted when it's removed from radix-tree.
|
||||
|
||||
At page migration, accounting information is kept.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: we just account pages-on-lru because our purpose is to control amount
|
||||
of used pages. not-on-lru pages are tend to be out-of-control from vm view.
|
||||
|
||||
2.3 Shared Page Accounting
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -35,11 +35,9 @@ Mailing List
|
||||
------------
|
||||
There is a CPU frequency changing CVS commit and general list where
|
||||
you can report bugs, problems or submit patches. To post a message,
|
||||
send an email to cpufreq@lists.linux.org.uk, to subscribe go to
|
||||
http://lists.linux.org.uk/mailman/listinfo/cpufreq. Previous post to the
|
||||
mailing list are available to subscribers at
|
||||
http://lists.linux.org.uk/mailman/private/cpufreq/.
|
||||
|
||||
send an email to cpufreq@vger.kernel.org, to subscribe go to
|
||||
http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#cpufreq and follow the
|
||||
instructions there.
|
||||
|
||||
Links
|
||||
-----
|
||||
@ -50,7 +48,7 @@ how to access the CVS repository:
|
||||
* http://cvs.arm.linux.org.uk/
|
||||
|
||||
the CPUFreq Mailing list:
|
||||
* http://lists.linux.org.uk/mailman/listinfo/cpufreq
|
||||
* http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#cpufreq
|
||||
|
||||
Clock and voltage scaling for the SA-1100:
|
||||
* http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/scaling
|
||||
|
@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ hooks, beyond what is already present, required to manage dynamic
|
||||
job placement on large systems.
|
||||
|
||||
Cpusets use the generic cgroup subsystem described in
|
||||
Documentation/cgroup.txt.
|
||||
Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
Requests by a task, using the sched_setaffinity(2) system call to
|
||||
include CPUs in its CPU affinity mask, and using the mbind(2) and
|
||||
@ -635,14 +635,16 @@ prior 'mems' setting, will not be moved.
|
||||
|
||||
There is an exception to the above. If hotplug functionality is used
|
||||
to remove all the CPUs that are currently assigned to a cpuset,
|
||||
then the kernel will automatically update the cpus_allowed of all
|
||||
tasks attached to CPUs in that cpuset to allow all CPUs. When memory
|
||||
hotplug functionality for removing Memory Nodes is available, a
|
||||
similar exception is expected to apply there as well. In general,
|
||||
the kernel prefers to violate cpuset placement, over starving a task
|
||||
that has had all its allowed CPUs or Memory Nodes taken offline. User
|
||||
code should reconfigure cpusets to only refer to online CPUs and Memory
|
||||
Nodes when using hotplug to add or remove such resources.
|
||||
then all the tasks in that cpuset will be moved to the nearest ancestor
|
||||
with non-empty cpus. But the moving of some (or all) tasks might fail if
|
||||
cpuset is bound with another cgroup subsystem which has some restrictions
|
||||
on task attaching. In this failing case, those tasks will stay
|
||||
in the original cpuset, and the kernel will automatically update
|
||||
their cpus_allowed to allow all online CPUs. When memory hotplug
|
||||
functionality for removing Memory Nodes is available, a similar exception
|
||||
is expected to apply there as well. In general, the kernel prefers to
|
||||
violate cpuset placement, over starving a task that has had all
|
||||
its allowed CPUs or Memory Nodes taken offline.
|
||||
|
||||
There is a second exception to the above. GFP_ATOMIC requests are
|
||||
kernel internal allocations that must be satisfied, immediately.
|
||||
|
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ operating system.
|
||||
The ETRAX 100LX chip
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
For reference, plase see the press-release:
|
||||
For reference, please see the press-release:
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.axis.com/news/us/001101_etrax.htm
|
||||
|
||||
|
274
Documentation/development-process/1.Intro
Normal file
274
Documentation/development-process/1.Intro
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
|
||||
1: A GUIDE TO THE KERNEL DEVELOPMENT PROCESS
|
||||
|
||||
The purpose of this document is to help developers (and their managers)
|
||||
work with the development community with a minimum of frustration. It is
|
||||
an attempt to document how this community works in a way which is
|
||||
accessible to those who are not intimately familiar with Linux kernel
|
||||
development (or, indeed, free software development in general). While
|
||||
there is some technical material here, this is very much a process-oriented
|
||||
discussion which does not require a deep knowledge of kernel programming to
|
||||
understand.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.1: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
|
||||
|
||||
The rest of this section covers the scope of the kernel development process
|
||||
and the kinds of frustrations that developers and their employers can
|
||||
encounter there. There are a great many reasons why kernel code should be
|
||||
merged into the official ("mainline") kernel, including automatic
|
||||
availability to users, community support in many forms, and the ability to
|
||||
influence the direction of kernel development. Code contributed to the
|
||||
Linux kernel must be made available under a GPL-compatible license.
|
||||
|
||||
Section 2 introduces the development process, the kernel release cycle, and
|
||||
the mechanics of the merge window. The various phases in the patch
|
||||
development, review, and merging cycle are covered. There is some
|
||||
discussion of tools and mailing lists. Developers wanting to get started
|
||||
with kernel development are encouraged to track down and fix bugs as an
|
||||
initial exercise.
|
||||
|
||||
Section 3 covers early-stage project planning, with an emphasis on
|
||||
involving the development community as soon as possible.
|
||||
|
||||
Section 4 is about the coding process; several pitfalls which have been
|
||||
encountered by other developers are discussed. Some requirements for
|
||||
patches are covered, and there is an introduction to some of the tools
|
||||
which can help to ensure that kernel patches are correct.
|
||||
|
||||
Section 5 talks about the process of posting patches for review. To be
|
||||
taken seriously by the development community, patches must be properly
|
||||
formatted and described, and they must be sent to the right place.
|
||||
Following the advice in this section should help to ensure the best
|
||||
possible reception for your work.
|
||||
|
||||
Section 6 covers what happens after posting patches; the job is far from
|
||||
done at that point. Working with reviewers is a crucial part of the
|
||||
development process; this section offers a number of tips on how to avoid
|
||||
problems at this important stage. Developers are cautioned against
|
||||
assuming that the job is done when a patch is merged into the mainline.
|
||||
|
||||
Section 7 introduces a couple of "advanced" topics: managing patches with
|
||||
git and reviewing patches posted by others.
|
||||
|
||||
Section 8 concludes the document with pointers to sources for more
|
||||
information on kernel development.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.2: WHAT THIS DOCUMENT IS ABOUT
|
||||
|
||||
The Linux kernel, at over 6 million lines of code and well over 1000 active
|
||||
contributors, is one of the largest and most active free software projects
|
||||
in existence. Since its humble beginning in 1991, this kernel has evolved
|
||||
into a best-of-breed operating system component which runs on pocket-sized
|
||||
digital music players, desktop PCs, the largest supercomputers in
|
||||
existence, and all types of systems in between. It is a robust, efficient,
|
||||
and scalable solution for almost any situation.
|
||||
|
||||
With the growth of Linux has come an increase in the number of developers
|
||||
(and companies) wishing to participate in its development. Hardware
|
||||
vendors want to ensure that Linux supports their products well, making
|
||||
those products attractive to Linux users. Embedded systems vendors, who
|
||||
use Linux as a component in an integrated product, want Linux to be as
|
||||
capable and well-suited to the task at hand as possible. Distributors and
|
||||
other software vendors who base their products on Linux have a clear
|
||||
interest in the capabilities, performance, and reliability of the Linux
|
||||
kernel. And end users, too, will often wish to change Linux to make it
|
||||
better suit their needs.
|
||||
|
||||
One of the most compelling features of Linux is that it is accessible to
|
||||
these developers; anybody with the requisite skills can improve Linux and
|
||||
influence the direction of its development. Proprietary products cannot
|
||||
offer this kind of openness, which is a characteristic of the free software
|
||||
process. But, if anything, the kernel is even more open than most other
|
||||
free software projects. A typical three-month kernel development cycle can
|
||||
involve over 1000 developers working for more than 100 different companies
|
||||
(or for no company at all).
|
||||
|
||||
Working with the kernel development community is not especially hard. But,
|
||||
that notwithstanding, many potential contributors have experienced
|
||||
difficulties when trying to do kernel work. The kernel community has
|
||||
evolved its own distinct ways of operating which allow it to function
|
||||
smoothly (and produce a high-quality product) in an environment where
|
||||
thousands of lines of code are being changed every day. So it is not
|
||||
surprising that Linux kernel development process differs greatly from
|
||||
proprietary development methods.
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel's development process may come across as strange and
|
||||
intimidating to new developers, but there are good reasons and solid
|
||||
experience behind it. A developer who does not understand the kernel
|
||||
community's ways (or, worse, who tries to flout or circumvent them) will
|
||||
have a frustrating experience in store. The development community, while
|
||||
being helpful to those who are trying to learn, has little time for those
|
||||
who will not listen or who do not care about the development process.
|
||||
|
||||
It is hoped that those who read this document will be able to avoid that
|
||||
frustrating experience. There is a lot of material here, but the effort
|
||||
involved in reading it will be repaid in short order. The development
|
||||
community is always in need of developers who will help to make the kernel
|
||||
better; the following text should help you - or those who work for you -
|
||||
join our community.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.3: CREDITS
|
||||
|
||||
This document was written by Jonathan Corbet, corbet@lwn.net. It has been
|
||||
improved by comments from Johannes Berg, James Berry, Alex Chiang, Roland
|
||||
Dreier, Randy Dunlap, Jake Edge, Jiri Kosina, Matt Mackall, Arthur Marsh,
|
||||
Amanda McPherson, Andrew Morton, Andrew Price, Tsugikazu Shibata, and
|
||||
Jochen Voß.
|
||||
|
||||
This work was supported by the Linux Foundation; thanks especially to
|
||||
Amanda McPherson, who saw the value of this effort and made it all happen.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.4: THE IMPORTANCE OF GETTING CODE INTO THE MAINLINE
|
||||
|
||||
Some companies and developers occasionally wonder why they should bother
|
||||
learning how to work with the kernel community and get their code into the
|
||||
mainline kernel (the "mainline" being the kernel maintained by Linus
|
||||
Torvalds and used as a base by Linux distributors). In the short term,
|
||||
contributing code can look like an avoidable expense; it seems easier to
|
||||
just keep the code separate and support users directly. The truth of the
|
||||
matter is that keeping code separate ("out of tree") is a false economy.
|
||||
|
||||
As a way of illustrating the costs of out-of-tree code, here are a few
|
||||
relevant aspects of the kernel development process; most of these will be
|
||||
discussed in greater detail later in this document. Consider:
|
||||
|
||||
- Code which has been merged into the mainline kernel is available to all
|
||||
Linux users. It will automatically be present on all distributions which
|
||||
enable it. There is no need for driver disks, downloads, or the hassles
|
||||
of supporting multiple versions of multiple distributions; it all just
|
||||
works, for the developer and for the user. Incorporation into the
|
||||
mainline solves a large number of distribution and support problems.
|
||||
|
||||
- While kernel developers strive to maintain a stable interface to user
|
||||
space, the internal kernel API is in constant flux. The lack of a stable
|
||||
internal interface is a deliberate design decision; it allows fundamental
|
||||
improvements to be made at any time and results in higher-quality code.
|
||||
But one result of that policy is that any out-of-tree code requires
|
||||
constant upkeep if it is to work with new kernels. Maintaining
|
||||
out-of-tree code requires significant amounts of work just to keep that
|
||||
code working.
|
||||
|
||||
Code which is in the mainline, instead, does not require this work as the
|
||||
result of a simple rule requiring any developer who makes an API change
|
||||
to also fix any code that breaks as the result of that change. So code
|
||||
which has been merged into the mainline has significantly lower
|
||||
maintenance costs.
|
||||
|
||||
- Beyond that, code which is in the kernel will often be improved by other
|
||||
developers. Surprising results can come from empowering your user
|
||||
community and customers to improve your product.
|
||||
|
||||
- Kernel code is subjected to review, both before and after merging into
|
||||
the mainline. No matter how strong the original developer's skills are,
|
||||
this review process invariably finds ways in which the code can be
|
||||
improved. Often review finds severe bugs and security problems. This is
|
||||
especially true for code which has been developed in a closed
|
||||
environment; such code benefits strongly from review by outside
|
||||
developers. Out-of-tree code is lower-quality code.
|
||||
|
||||
- Participation in the development process is your way to influence the
|
||||
direction of kernel development. Users who complain from the sidelines
|
||||
are heard, but active developers have a stronger voice - and the ability
|
||||
to implement changes which make the kernel work better for their needs.
|
||||
|
||||
- When code is maintained separately, the possibility that a third party
|
||||
will contribute a different implementation of a similar feature always
|
||||
exists. Should that happen, getting your code merged will become much
|
||||
harder - to the point of impossibility. Then you will be faced with the
|
||||
unpleasant alternatives of either (1) maintaining a nonstandard feature
|
||||
out of tree indefinitely, or (2) abandoning your code and migrating your
|
||||
users over to the in-tree version.
|
||||
|
||||
- Contribution of code is the fundamental action which makes the whole
|
||||
process work. By contributing your code you can add new functionality to
|
||||
the kernel and provide capabilities and examples which are of use to
|
||||
other kernel developers. If you have developed code for Linux (or are
|
||||
thinking about doing so), you clearly have an interest in the continued
|
||||
success of this platform; contributing code is one of the best ways to
|
||||
help ensure that success.
|
||||
|
||||
All of the reasoning above applies to any out-of-tree kernel code,
|
||||
including code which is distributed in proprietary, binary-only form.
|
||||
There are, however, additional factors which should be taken into account
|
||||
before considering any sort of binary-only kernel code distribution. These
|
||||
include:
|
||||
|
||||
- The legal issues around the distribution of proprietary kernel modules
|
||||
are cloudy at best; quite a few kernel copyright holders believe that
|
||||
most binary-only modules are derived products of the kernel and that, as
|
||||
a result, their distribution is a violation of the GNU General Public
|
||||
license (about which more will be said below). Your author is not a
|
||||
lawyer, and nothing in this document can possibly be considered to be
|
||||
legal advice. The true legal status of closed-source modules can only be
|
||||
determined by the courts. But the uncertainty which haunts those modules
|
||||
is there regardless.
|
||||
|
||||
- Binary modules greatly increase the difficulty of debugging kernel
|
||||
problems, to the point that most kernel developers will not even try. So
|
||||
the distribution of binary-only modules will make it harder for your
|
||||
users to get support from the community.
|
||||
|
||||
- Support is also harder for distributors of binary-only modules, who must
|
||||
provide a version of the module for every distribution and every kernel
|
||||
version they wish to support. Dozens of builds of a single module can
|
||||
be required to provide reasonably comprehensive coverage, and your users
|
||||
will have to upgrade your module separately every time they upgrade their
|
||||
kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
- Everything that was said above about code review applies doubly to
|
||||
closed-source code. Since this code is not available at all, it cannot
|
||||
have been reviewed by the community and will, beyond doubt, have serious
|
||||
problems.
|
||||
|
||||
Makers of embedded systems, in particular, may be tempted to disregard much
|
||||
of what has been said in this section in the belief that they are shipping
|
||||
a self-contained product which uses a frozen kernel version and requires no
|
||||
more development after its release. This argument misses the value of
|
||||
widespread code review and the value of allowing your users to add
|
||||
capabilities to your product. But these products, too, have a limited
|
||||
commercial life, after which a new version must be released. At that
|
||||
point, vendors whose code is in the mainline and well maintained will be
|
||||
much better positioned to get the new product ready for market quickly.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.5: LICENSING
|
||||
|
||||
Code is contributed to the Linux kernel under a number of licenses, but all
|
||||
code must be compatible with version 2 of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
(GPLv2), which is the license covering the kernel distribution as a whole.
|
||||
In practice, that means that all code contributions are covered either by
|
||||
GPLv2 (with, optionally, language allowing distribution under later
|
||||
versions of the GPL) or the three-clause BSD license. Any contributions
|
||||
which are not covered by a compatible license will not be accepted into the
|
||||
kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright assignments are not required (or requested) for code contributed
|
||||
to the kernel. All code merged into the mainline kernel retains its
|
||||
original ownership; as a result, the kernel now has thousands of owners.
|
||||
|
||||
One implication of this ownership structure is that any attempt to change
|
||||
the licensing of the kernel is doomed to almost certain failure. There are
|
||||
few practical scenarios where the agreement of all copyright holders could
|
||||
be obtained (or their code removed from the kernel). So, in particular,
|
||||
there is no prospect of a migration to version 3 of the GPL in the
|
||||
foreseeable future.
|
||||
|
||||
It is imperative that all code contributed to the kernel be legitimately
|
||||
free software. For that reason, code from anonymous (or pseudonymous)
|
||||
contributors will not be accepted. All contributors are required to "sign
|
||||
off" on their code, stating that the code can be distributed with the
|
||||
kernel under the GPL. Code which has not been licensed as free software by
|
||||
its owner, or which risks creating copyright-related problems for the
|
||||
kernel (such as code which derives from reverse-engineering efforts lacking
|
||||
proper safeguards) cannot be contributed.
|
||||
|
||||
Questions about copyright-related issues are common on Linux development
|
||||
mailing lists. Such questions will normally receive no shortage of
|
||||
answers, but one should bear in mind that the people answering those
|
||||
questions are not lawyers and cannot provide legal advice. If you have
|
||||
legal questions relating to Linux source code, there is no substitute for
|
||||
talking with a lawyer who understands this field. Relying on answers
|
||||
obtained on technical mailing lists is a risky affair.
|
459
Documentation/development-process/2.Process
Normal file
459
Documentation/development-process/2.Process
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,459 @@
|
||||
2: HOW THE DEVELOPMENT PROCESS WORKS
|
||||
|
||||
Linux kernel development in the early 1990's was a pretty loose affair,
|
||||
with relatively small numbers of users and developers involved. With a
|
||||
user base in the millions and with some 2,000 developers involved over the
|
||||
course of one year, the kernel has since had to evolve a number of
|
||||
processes to keep development happening smoothly. A solid understanding of
|
||||
how the process works is required in order to be an effective part of it.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2.1: THE BIG PICTURE
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel developers use a loosely time-based release process, with a new
|
||||
major kernel release happening every two or three months. The recent
|
||||
release history looks like this:
|
||||
|
||||
2.6.26 July 13, 2008
|
||||
2.6.25 April 16, 2008
|
||||
2.6.24 January 24, 2008
|
||||
2.6.23 October 9, 2007
|
||||
2.6.22 July 8, 2007
|
||||
2.6.21 April 25, 2007
|
||||
2.6.20 February 4, 2007
|
||||
|
||||
Every 2.6.x release is a major kernel release with new features, internal
|
||||
API changes, and more. A typical 2.6 release can contain over 10,000
|
||||
changesets with changes to several hundred thousand lines of code. 2.6 is
|
||||
thus the leading edge of Linux kernel development; the kernel uses a
|
||||
rolling development model which is continually integrating major changes.
|
||||
|
||||
A relatively straightforward discipline is followed with regard to the
|
||||
merging of patches for each release. At the beginning of each development
|
||||
cycle, the "merge window" is said to be open. At that time, code which is
|
||||
deemed to be sufficiently stable (and which is accepted by the development
|
||||
community) is merged into the mainline kernel. The bulk of changes for a
|
||||
new development cycle (and all of the major changes) will be merged during
|
||||
this time, at a rate approaching 1,000 changes ("patches," or "changesets")
|
||||
per day.
|
||||
|
||||
(As an aside, it is worth noting that the changes integrated during the
|
||||
merge window do not come out of thin air; they have been collected, tested,
|
||||
and staged ahead of time. How that process works will be described in
|
||||
detail later on).
|
||||
|
||||
The merge window lasts for two weeks. At the end of this time, Linus
|
||||
Torvalds will declare that the window is closed and release the first of
|
||||
the "rc" kernels. For the kernel which is destined to be 2.6.26, for
|
||||
example, the release which happens at the end of the merge window will be
|
||||
called 2.6.26-rc1. The -rc1 release is the signal that the time to merge
|
||||
new features has passed, and that the time to stabilize the next kernel has
|
||||
begun.
|
||||
|
||||
Over the next six to ten weeks, only patches which fix problems should be
|
||||
submitted to the mainline. On occasion a more significant change will be
|
||||
allowed, but such occasions are rare; developers who try to merge new
|
||||
features outside of the merge window tend to get an unfriendly reception.
|
||||
As a general rule, if you miss the merge window for a given feature, the
|
||||
best thing to do is to wait for the next development cycle. (An occasional
|
||||
exception is made for drivers for previously-unsupported hardware; if they
|
||||
touch no in-tree code, they cannot cause regressions and should be safe to
|
||||
add at any time).
|
||||
|
||||
As fixes make their way into the mainline, the patch rate will slow over
|
||||
time. Linus releases new -rc kernels about once a week; a normal series
|
||||
will get up to somewhere between -rc6 and -rc9 before the kernel is
|
||||
considered to be sufficiently stable and the final 2.6.x release is made.
|
||||
At that point the whole process starts over again.
|
||||
|
||||
As an example, here is how the 2.6.25 development cycle went (all dates in
|
||||
2008):
|
||||
|
||||
January 24 2.6.24 stable release
|
||||
February 10 2.6.25-rc1, merge window closes
|
||||
February 15 2.6.25-rc2
|
||||
February 24 2.6.25-rc3
|
||||
March 4 2.6.25-rc4
|
||||
March 9 2.6.25-rc5
|
||||
March 16 2.6.25-rc6
|
||||
March 25 2.6.25-rc7
|
||||
April 1 2.6.25-rc8
|
||||
April 11 2.6.25-rc9
|
||||
April 16 2.6.25 stable release
|
||||
|
||||
How do the developers decide when to close the development cycle and create
|
||||
the stable release? The most significant metric used is the list of
|
||||
regressions from previous releases. No bugs are welcome, but those which
|
||||
break systems which worked in the past are considered to be especially
|
||||
serious. For this reason, patches which cause regressions are looked upon
|
||||
unfavorably and are quite likely to be reverted during the stabilization
|
||||
period.
|
||||
|
||||
The developers' goal is to fix all known regressions before the stable
|
||||
release is made. In the real world, this kind of perfection is hard to
|
||||
achieve; there are just too many variables in a project of this size.
|
||||
There comes a point where delaying the final release just makes the problem
|
||||
worse; the pile of changes waiting for the next merge window will grow
|
||||
larger, creating even more regressions the next time around. So most 2.6.x
|
||||
kernels go out with a handful of known regressions though, hopefully, none
|
||||
of them are serious.
|
||||
|
||||
Once a stable release is made, its ongoing maintenance is passed off to the
|
||||
"stable team," currently comprised of Greg Kroah-Hartman and Chris Wright.
|
||||
The stable team will release occasional updates to the stable release using
|
||||
the 2.6.x.y numbering scheme. To be considered for an update release, a
|
||||
patch must (1) fix a significant bug, and (2) already be merged into the
|
||||
mainline for the next development kernel. Continuing our 2.6.25 example,
|
||||
the history (as of this writing) is:
|
||||
|
||||
May 1 2.6.25.1
|
||||
May 6 2.6.25.2
|
||||
May 9 2.6.25.3
|
||||
May 15 2.6.25.4
|
||||
June 7 2.6.25.5
|
||||
June 9 2.6.25.6
|
||||
June 16 2.6.25.7
|
||||
June 21 2.6.25.8
|
||||
June 24 2.6.25.9
|
||||
|
||||
Stable updates for a given kernel are made for approximately six months;
|
||||
after that, the maintenance of stable releases is solely the responsibility
|
||||
of the distributors which have shipped that particular kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2.2: THE LIFECYCLE OF A PATCH
|
||||
|
||||
Patches do not go directly from the developer's keyboard into the mainline
|
||||
kernel. There is, instead, a somewhat involved (if somewhat informal)
|
||||
process designed to ensure that each patch is reviewed for quality and that
|
||||
each patch implements a change which is desirable to have in the mainline.
|
||||
This process can happen quickly for minor fixes, or, in the case of large
|
||||
and controversial changes, go on for years. Much developer frustration
|
||||
comes from a lack of understanding of this process or from attempts to
|
||||
circumvent it.
|
||||
|
||||
In the hopes of reducing that frustration, this document will describe how
|
||||
a patch gets into the kernel. What follows below is an introduction which
|
||||
describes the process in a somewhat idealized way. A much more detailed
|
||||
treatment will come in later sections.
|
||||
|
||||
The stages that a patch goes through are, generally:
|
||||
|
||||
- Design. This is where the real requirements for the patch - and the way
|
||||
those requirements will be met - are laid out. Design work is often
|
||||
done without involving the community, but it is better to do this work
|
||||
in the open if at all possible; it can save a lot of time redesigning
|
||||
things later.
|
||||
|
||||
- Early review. Patches are posted to the relevant mailing list, and
|
||||
developers on that list reply with any comments they may have. This
|
||||
process should turn up any major problems with a patch if all goes
|
||||
well.
|
||||
|
||||
- Wider review. When the patch is getting close to ready for mainline
|
||||
inclusion, it will be accepted by a relevant subsystem maintainer -
|
||||
though this acceptance is not a guarantee that the patch will make it
|
||||
all the way to the mainline. The patch will show up in the maintainer's
|
||||
subsystem tree and into the staging trees (described below). When the
|
||||
process works, this step leads to more extensive review of the patch and
|
||||
the discovery of any problems resulting from the integration of this
|
||||
patch with work being done by others.
|
||||
|
||||
- Merging into the mainline. Eventually, a successful patch will be
|
||||
merged into the mainline repository managed by Linus Torvalds. More
|
||||
comments and/or problems may surface at this time; it is important that
|
||||
the developer be responsive to these and fix any issues which arise.
|
||||
|
||||
- Stable release. The number of users potentially affected by the patch
|
||||
is now large, so, once again, new problems may arise.
|
||||
|
||||
- Long-term maintenance. While it is certainly possible for a developer
|
||||
to forget about code after merging it, that sort of behavior tends to
|
||||
leave a poor impression in the development community. Merging code
|
||||
eliminates some of the maintenance burden, in that others will fix
|
||||
problems caused by API changes. But the original developer should
|
||||
continue to take responsibility for the code if it is to remain useful
|
||||
in the longer term.
|
||||
|
||||
One of the largest mistakes made by kernel developers (or their employers)
|
||||
is to try to cut the process down to a single "merging into the mainline"
|
||||
step. This approach invariably leads to frustration for everybody
|
||||
involved.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2.3: HOW PATCHES GET INTO THE KERNEL
|
||||
|
||||
There is exactly one person who can merge patches into the mainline kernel
|
||||
repository: Linus Torvalds. But, of the over 12,000 patches which went
|
||||
into the 2.6.25 kernel, only 250 (around 2%) were directly chosen by Linus
|
||||
himself. The kernel project has long since grown to a size where no single
|
||||
developer could possibly inspect and select every patch unassisted. The
|
||||
way the kernel developers have addressed this growth is through the use of
|
||||
a lieutenant system built around a chain of trust.
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel code base is logically broken down into a set of subsystems:
|
||||
networking, specific architecture support, memory management, video
|
||||
devices, etc. Most subsystems have a designated maintainer, a developer
|
||||
who has overall responsibility for the code within that subsystem. These
|
||||
subsystem maintainers are the gatekeepers (in a loose way) for the portion
|
||||
of the kernel they manage; they are the ones who will (usually) accept a
|
||||
patch for inclusion into the mainline kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
Subsystem maintainers each manage their own version of the kernel source
|
||||
tree, usually (but certainly not always) using the git source management
|
||||
tool. Tools like git (and related tools like quilt or mercurial) allow
|
||||
maintainers to track a list of patches, including authorship information
|
||||
and other metadata. At any given time, the maintainer can identify which
|
||||
patches in his or her repository are not found in the mainline.
|
||||
|
||||
When the merge window opens, top-level maintainers will ask Linus to "pull"
|
||||
the patches they have selected for merging from their repositories. If
|
||||
Linus agrees, the stream of patches will flow up into his repository,
|
||||
becoming part of the mainline kernel. The amount of attention that Linus
|
||||
pays to specific patches received in a pull operation varies. It is clear
|
||||
that, sometimes, he looks quite closely. But, as a general rule, Linus
|
||||
trusts the subsystem maintainers to not send bad patches upstream.
|
||||
|
||||
Subsystem maintainers, in turn, can pull patches from other maintainers.
|
||||
For example, the networking tree is built from patches which accumulated
|
||||
first in trees dedicated to network device drivers, wireless networking,
|
||||
etc. This chain of repositories can be arbitrarily long, though it rarely
|
||||
exceeds two or three links. Since each maintainer in the chain trusts
|
||||
those managing lower-level trees, this process is known as the "chain of
|
||||
trust."
|
||||
|
||||
Clearly, in a system like this, getting patches into the kernel depends on
|
||||
finding the right maintainer. Sending patches directly to Linus is not
|
||||
normally the right way to go.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2.4: STAGING TREES
|
||||
|
||||
The chain of subsystem trees guides the flow of patches into the kernel,
|
||||
but it also raises an interesting question: what if somebody wants to look
|
||||
at all of the patches which are being prepared for the next merge window?
|
||||
Developers will be interested in what other changes are pending to see
|
||||
whether there are any conflicts to worry about; a patch which changes a
|
||||
core kernel function prototype, for example, will conflict with any other
|
||||
patches which use the older form of that function. Reviewers and testers
|
||||
want access to the changes in their integrated form before all of those
|
||||
changes land in the mainline kernel. One could pull changes from all of
|
||||
the interesting subsystem trees, but that would be a big and error-prone
|
||||
job.
|
||||
|
||||
The answer comes in the form of staging trees, where subsystem trees are
|
||||
collected for testing and review. The older of these trees, maintained by
|
||||
Andrew Morton, is called "-mm" (for memory management, which is how it got
|
||||
started). The -mm tree integrates patches from a long list of subsystem
|
||||
trees; it also has some patches aimed at helping with debugging.
|
||||
|
||||
Beyond that, -mm contains a significant collection of patches which have
|
||||
been selected by Andrew directly. These patches may have been posted on a
|
||||
mailing list, or they may apply to a part of the kernel for which there is
|
||||
no designated subsystem tree. As a result, -mm operates as a sort of
|
||||
subsystem tree of last resort; if there is no other obvious path for a
|
||||
patch into the mainline, it is likely to end up in -mm. Miscellaneous
|
||||
patches which accumulate in -mm will eventually either be forwarded on to
|
||||
an appropriate subsystem tree or be sent directly to Linus. In a typical
|
||||
development cycle, approximately 10% of the patches going into the mainline
|
||||
get there via -mm.
|
||||
|
||||
The current -mm patch can always be found from the front page of
|
||||
|
||||
http://kernel.org/
|
||||
|
||||
Those who want to see the current state of -mm can get the "-mm of the
|
||||
moment" tree, found at:
|
||||
|
||||
http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/mmotm/
|
||||
|
||||
Use of the MMOTM tree is likely to be a frustrating experience, though;
|
||||
there is a definite chance that it will not even compile.
|
||||
|
||||
The other staging tree, started more recently, is linux-next, maintained by
|
||||
Stephen Rothwell. The linux-next tree is, by design, a snapshot of what
|
||||
the mainline is expected to look like after the next merge window closes.
|
||||
Linux-next trees are announced on the linux-kernel and linux-next mailing
|
||||
lists when they are assembled; they can be downloaded from:
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/sfr/linux-next/
|
||||
|
||||
Some information about linux-next has been gathered at:
|
||||
|
||||
http://linux.f-seidel.de/linux-next/pmwiki/
|
||||
|
||||
How the linux-next tree will fit into the development process is still
|
||||
changing. As of this writing, the first full development cycle involving
|
||||
linux-next (2.6.26) is coming to an end; thus far, it has proved to be a
|
||||
valuable resource for finding and fixing integration problems before the
|
||||
beginning of the merge window. See http://lwn.net/Articles/287155/ for
|
||||
more information on how linux-next has worked to set up the 2.6.27 merge
|
||||
window.
|
||||
|
||||
Some developers have begun to suggest that linux-next should be used as the
|
||||
target for future development as well. The linux-next tree does tend to be
|
||||
far ahead of the mainline and is more representative of the tree into which
|
||||
any new work will be merged. The downside to this idea is that the
|
||||
volatility of linux-next tends to make it a difficult development target.
|
||||
See http://lwn.net/Articles/289013/ for more information on this topic, and
|
||||
stay tuned; much is still in flux where linux-next is involved.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2.5: TOOLS
|
||||
|
||||
As can be seen from the above text, the kernel development process depends
|
||||
heavily on the ability to herd collections of patches in various
|
||||
directions. The whole thing would not work anywhere near as well as it
|
||||
does without suitably powerful tools. Tutorials on how to use these tools
|
||||
are well beyond the scope of this document, but there is space for a few
|
||||
pointers.
|
||||
|
||||
By far the dominant source code management system used by the kernel
|
||||
community is git. Git is one of a number of distributed version control
|
||||
systems being developed in the free software community. It is well tuned
|
||||
for kernel development, in that it performs quite well when dealing with
|
||||
large repositories and large numbers of patches. It also has a reputation
|
||||
for being difficult to learn and use, though it has gotten better over
|
||||
time. Some sort of familiarity with git is almost a requirement for kernel
|
||||
developers; even if they do not use it for their own work, they'll need git
|
||||
to keep up with what other developers (and the mainline) are doing.
|
||||
|
||||
Git is now packaged by almost all Linux distributions. There is a home
|
||||
page at
|
||||
|
||||
http://git.or.cz/
|
||||
|
||||
That page has pointers to documentation and tutorials. One should be
|
||||
aware, in particular, of the Kernel Hacker's Guide to git, which has
|
||||
information specific to kernel development:
|
||||
|
||||
http://linux.yyz.us/git-howto.html
|
||||
|
||||
Among the kernel developers who do not use git, the most popular choice is
|
||||
almost certainly Mercurial:
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.selenic.com/mercurial/
|
||||
|
||||
Mercurial shares many features with git, but it provides an interface which
|
||||
many find easier to use.
|
||||
|
||||
The other tool worth knowing about is Quilt:
|
||||
|
||||
http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/quilt/
|
||||
|
||||
Quilt is a patch management system, rather than a source code management
|
||||
system. It does not track history over time; it is, instead, oriented
|
||||
toward tracking a specific set of changes against an evolving code base.
|
||||
Some major subsystem maintainers use quilt to manage patches intended to go
|
||||
upstream. For the management of certain kinds of trees (-mm, for example),
|
||||
quilt is the best tool for the job.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2.6: MAILING LISTS
|
||||
|
||||
A great deal of Linux kernel development work is done by way of mailing
|
||||
lists. It is hard to be a fully-functioning member of the community
|
||||
without joining at least one list somewhere. But Linux mailing lists also
|
||||
represent a potential hazard to developers, who risk getting buried under a
|
||||
load of electronic mail, running afoul of the conventions used on the Linux
|
||||
lists, or both.
|
||||
|
||||
Most kernel mailing lists are run on vger.kernel.org; the master list can
|
||||
be found at:
|
||||
|
||||
http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html
|
||||
|
||||
There are lists hosted elsewhere, though; a number of them are at
|
||||
lists.redhat.com.
|
||||
|
||||
The core mailing list for kernel development is, of course, linux-kernel.
|
||||
This list is an intimidating place to be; volume can reach 500 messages per
|
||||
day, the amount of noise is high, the conversation can be severely
|
||||
technical, and participants are not always concerned with showing a high
|
||||
degree of politeness. But there is no other place where the kernel
|
||||
development community comes together as a whole; developers who avoid this
|
||||
list will miss important information.
|
||||
|
||||
There are a few hints which can help with linux-kernel survival:
|
||||
|
||||
- Have the list delivered to a separate folder, rather than your main
|
||||
mailbox. One must be able to ignore the stream for sustained periods of
|
||||
time.
|
||||
|
||||
- Do not try to follow every conversation - nobody else does. It is
|
||||
important to filter on both the topic of interest (though note that
|
||||
long-running conversations can drift away from the original subject
|
||||
without changing the email subject line) and the people who are
|
||||
participating.
|
||||
|
||||
- Do not feed the trolls. If somebody is trying to stir up an angry
|
||||
response, ignore them.
|
||||
|
||||
- When responding to linux-kernel email (or that on other lists) preserve
|
||||
the Cc: header for all involved. In the absence of a strong reason (such
|
||||
as an explicit request), you should never remove recipients. Always make
|
||||
sure that the person you are responding to is in the Cc: list. This
|
||||
convention also makes it unnecessary to explicitly ask to be copied on
|
||||
replies to your postings.
|
||||
|
||||
- Search the list archives (and the net as a whole) before asking
|
||||
questions. Some developers can get impatient with people who clearly
|
||||
have not done their homework.
|
||||
|
||||
- Avoid top-posting (the practice of putting your answer above the quoted
|
||||
text you are responding to). It makes your response harder to read and
|
||||
makes a poor impression.
|
||||
|
||||
- Ask on the correct mailing list. Linux-kernel may be the general meeting
|
||||
point, but it is not the best place to find developers from all
|
||||
subsystems.
|
||||
|
||||
The last point - finding the correct mailing list - is a common place for
|
||||
beginning developers to go wrong. Somebody who asks a networking-related
|
||||
question on linux-kernel will almost certainly receive a polite suggestion
|
||||
to ask on the netdev list instead, as that is the list frequented by most
|
||||
networking developers. Other lists exist for the SCSI, video4linux, IDE,
|
||||
filesystem, etc. subsystems. The best place to look for mailing lists is
|
||||
in the MAINTAINERS file packaged with the kernel source.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2.7: GETTING STARTED WITH KERNEL DEVELOPMENT
|
||||
|
||||
Questions about how to get started with the kernel development process are
|
||||
common - from both individuals and companies. Equally common are missteps
|
||||
which make the beginning of the relationship harder than it has to be.
|
||||
|
||||
Companies often look to hire well-known developers to get a development
|
||||
group started. This can, in fact, be an effective technique. But it also
|
||||
tends to be expensive and does not do much to grow the pool of experienced
|
||||
kernel developers. It is possible to bring in-house developers up to speed
|
||||
on Linux kernel development, given the investment of a bit of time. Taking
|
||||
this time can endow an employer with a group of developers who understand
|
||||
the kernel and the company both, and who can help to train others as well.
|
||||
Over the medium term, this is often the more profitable approach.
|
||||
|
||||
Individual developers are often, understandably, at a loss for a place to
|
||||
start. Beginning with a large project can be intimidating; one often wants
|
||||
to test the waters with something smaller first. This is the point where
|
||||
some developers jump into the creation of patches fixing spelling errors or
|
||||
minor coding style issues. Unfortunately, such patches create a level of
|
||||
noise which is distracting for the development community as a whole, so,
|
||||
increasingly, they are looked down upon. New developers wishing to
|
||||
introduce themselves to the community will not get the sort of reception
|
||||
they wish for by these means.
|
||||
|
||||
Andrew Morton gives this advice for aspiring kernel developers
|
||||
|
||||
The #1 project for all kernel beginners should surely be "make sure
|
||||
that the kernel runs perfectly at all times on all machines which
|
||||
you can lay your hands on". Usually the way to do this is to work
|
||||
with others on getting things fixed up (this can require
|
||||
persistence!) but that's fine - it's a part of kernel development.
|
||||
|
||||
(http://lwn.net/Articles/283982/).
|
||||
|
||||
In the absence of obvious problems to fix, developers are advised to look
|
||||
at the current lists of regressions and open bugs in general. There is
|
||||
never any shortage of issues in need of fixing; by addressing these issues,
|
||||
developers will gain experience with the process while, at the same time,
|
||||
building respect with the rest of the development community.
|
195
Documentation/development-process/3.Early-stage
Normal file
195
Documentation/development-process/3.Early-stage
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
|
||||
3: EARLY-STAGE PLANNING
|
||||
|
||||
When contemplating a Linux kernel development project, it can be tempting
|
||||
to jump right in and start coding. As with any significant project,
|
||||
though, much of the groundwork for success is best laid before the first
|
||||
line of code is written. Some time spent in early planning and
|
||||
communication can save far more time later on.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3.1: SPECIFYING THE PROBLEM
|
||||
|
||||
Like any engineering project, a successful kernel enhancement starts with a
|
||||
clear description of the problem to be solved. In some cases, this step is
|
||||
easy: when a driver is needed for a specific piece of hardware, for
|
||||
example. In others, though, it is tempting to confuse the real problem
|
||||
with the proposed solution, and that can lead to difficulties.
|
||||
|
||||
Consider an example: some years ago, developers working with Linux audio
|
||||
sought a way to run applications without dropouts or other artifacts caused
|
||||
by excessive latency in the system. The solution they arrived at was a
|
||||
kernel module intended to hook into the Linux Security Module (LSM)
|
||||
framework; this module could be configured to give specific applications
|
||||
access to the realtime scheduler. This module was implemented and sent to
|
||||
the linux-kernel mailing list, where it immediately ran into problems.
|
||||
|
||||
To the audio developers, this security module was sufficient to solve their
|
||||
immediate problem. To the wider kernel community, though, it was seen as a
|
||||
misuse of the LSM framework (which is not intended to confer privileges
|
||||
onto processes which they would not otherwise have) and a risk to system
|
||||
stability. Their preferred solutions involved realtime scheduling access
|
||||
via the rlimit mechanism for the short term, and ongoing latency reduction
|
||||
work in the long term.
|
||||
|
||||
The audio community, however, could not see past the particular solution
|
||||
they had implemented; they were unwilling to accept alternatives. The
|
||||
resulting disagreement left those developers feeling disillusioned with the
|
||||
entire kernel development process; one of them went back to an audio list
|
||||
and posted this:
|
||||
|
||||
There are a number of very good Linux kernel developers, but they
|
||||
tend to get outshouted by a large crowd of arrogant fools. Trying
|
||||
to communicate user requirements to these people is a waste of
|
||||
time. They are much too "intelligent" to listen to lesser mortals.
|
||||
|
||||
(http://lwn.net/Articles/131776/).
|
||||
|
||||
The reality of the situation was different; the kernel developers were far
|
||||
more concerned about system stability, long-term maintenance, and finding
|
||||
the right solution to the problem than they were with a specific module.
|
||||
The moral of the story is to focus on the problem - not a specific solution
|
||||
- and to discuss it with the development community before investing in the
|
||||
creation of a body of code.
|
||||
|
||||
So, when contemplating a kernel development project, one should obtain
|
||||
answers to a short set of questions:
|
||||
|
||||
- What, exactly, is the problem which needs to be solved?
|
||||
|
||||
- Who are the users affected by this problem? Which use cases should the
|
||||
solution address?
|
||||
|
||||
- How does the kernel fall short in addressing that problem now?
|
||||
|
||||
Only then does it make sense to start considering possible solutions.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3.2: EARLY DISCUSSION
|
||||
|
||||
When planning a kernel development project, it makes great sense to hold
|
||||
discussions with the community before launching into implementation. Early
|
||||
communication can save time and trouble in a number of ways:
|
||||
|
||||
- It may well be that the problem is addressed by the kernel in ways which
|
||||
you have not understood. The Linux kernel is large and has a number of
|
||||
features and capabilities which are not immediately obvious. Not all
|
||||
kernel capabilities are documented as well as one might like, and it is
|
||||
easy to miss things. Your author has seen the posting of a complete
|
||||
driver which duplicated an existing driver that the new author had been
|
||||
unaware of. Code which reinvents existing wheels is not only wasteful;
|
||||
it will also not be accepted into the mainline kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
- There may be elements of the proposed solution which will not be
|
||||
acceptable for mainline merging. It is better to find out about
|
||||
problems like this before writing the code.
|
||||
|
||||
- It's entirely possible that other developers have thought about the
|
||||
problem; they may have ideas for a better solution, and may be willing
|
||||
to help in the creation of that solution.
|
||||
|
||||
Years of experience with the kernel development community have taught a
|
||||
clear lesson: kernel code which is designed and developed behind closed
|
||||
doors invariably has problems which are only revealed when the code is
|
||||
released into the community. Sometimes these problems are severe,
|
||||
requiring months or years of effort before the code can be brought up to
|
||||
the kernel community's standards. Some examples include:
|
||||
|
||||
- The Devicescape network stack was designed and implemented for
|
||||
single-processor systems. It could not be merged into the mainline
|
||||
until it was made suitable for multiprocessor systems. Retrofitting
|
||||
locking and such into code is a difficult task; as a result, the merging
|
||||
of this code (now called mac80211) was delayed for over a year.
|
||||
|
||||
- The Reiser4 filesystem included a number of capabilities which, in the
|
||||
core kernel developers' opinion, should have been implemented in the
|
||||
virtual filesystem layer instead. It also included features which could
|
||||
not easily be implemented without exposing the system to user-caused
|
||||
deadlocks. The late revelation of these problems - and refusal to
|
||||
address some of them - has caused Reiser4 to stay out of the mainline
|
||||
kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
- The AppArmor security module made use of internal virtual filesystem
|
||||
data structures in ways which were considered to be unsafe and
|
||||
unreliable. This code has since been significantly reworked, but
|
||||
remains outside of the mainline.
|
||||
|
||||
In each of these cases, a great deal of pain and extra work could have been
|
||||
avoided with some early discussion with the kernel developers.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3.3: WHO DO YOU TALK TO?
|
||||
|
||||
When developers decide to take their plans public, the next question will
|
||||
be: where do we start? The answer is to find the right mailing list(s) and
|
||||
the right maintainer. For mailing lists, the best approach is to look in
|
||||
the MAINTAINERS file for a relevant place to post. If there is a suitable
|
||||
subsystem list, posting there is often preferable to posting on
|
||||
linux-kernel; you are more likely to reach developers with expertise in the
|
||||
relevant subsystem and the environment may be more supportive.
|
||||
|
||||
Finding maintainers can be a bit harder. Again, the MAINTAINERS file is
|
||||
the place to start. That file tends to not always be up to date, though,
|
||||
and not all subsystems are represented there. The person listed in the
|
||||
MAINTAINERS file may, in fact, not be the person who is actually acting in
|
||||
that role currently. So, when there is doubt about who to contact, a
|
||||
useful trick is to use git (and "git log" in particular) to see who is
|
||||
currently active within the subsystem of interest. Look at who is writing
|
||||
patches, and who, if anybody, is attaching Signed-off-by lines to those
|
||||
patches. Those are the people who will be best placed to help with a new
|
||||
development project.
|
||||
|
||||
If all else fails, talking to Andrew Morton can be an effective way to
|
||||
track down a maintainer for a specific piece of code.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3.4: WHEN TO POST?
|
||||
|
||||
If possible, posting your plans during the early stages can only be
|
||||
helpful. Describe the problem being solved and any plans that have been
|
||||
made on how the implementation will be done. Any information you can
|
||||
provide can help the development community provide useful input on the
|
||||
project.
|
||||
|
||||
One discouraging thing which can happen at this stage is not a hostile
|
||||
reaction, but, instead, little or no reaction at all. The sad truth of the
|
||||
matter is (1) kernel developers tend to be busy, (2) there is no shortage
|
||||
of people with grand plans and little code (or even prospect of code) to
|
||||
back them up, and (3) nobody is obligated to review or comment on ideas
|
||||
posted by others. If a request-for-comments posting yields little in the
|
||||
way of comments, do not assume that it means there is no interest in the
|
||||
project. Unfortunately, you also cannot assume that there are no problems
|
||||
with your idea. The best thing to do in this situation is to proceed,
|
||||
keeping the community informed as you go.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3.5: GETTING OFFICIAL BUY-IN
|
||||
|
||||
If your work is being done in a corporate environment - as most Linux
|
||||
kernel work is - you must, obviously, have permission from suitably
|
||||
empowered managers before you can post your company's plans or code to a
|
||||
public mailing list. The posting of code which has not been cleared for
|
||||
release under a GPL-compatible license can be especially problematic; the
|
||||
sooner that a company's management and legal staff can agree on the posting
|
||||
of a kernel development project, the better off everybody involved will be.
|
||||
|
||||
Some readers may be thinking at this point that their kernel work is
|
||||
intended to support a product which does not yet have an officially
|
||||
acknowledged existence. Revealing their employer's plans on a public
|
||||
mailing list may not be a viable option. In cases like this, it is worth
|
||||
considering whether the secrecy is really necessary; there is often no real
|
||||
need to keep development plans behind closed doors.
|
||||
|
||||
That said, there are also cases where a company legitimately cannot
|
||||
disclose its plans early in the development process. Companies with
|
||||
experienced kernel developers may choose to proceed in an open-loop manner
|
||||
on the assumption that they will be able to avoid serious integration
|
||||
problems later. For companies without that sort of in-house expertise, the
|
||||
best option is often to hire an outside developer to review the plans under
|
||||
a non-disclosure agreement. The Linux Foundation operates an NDA program
|
||||
designed to help with this sort of situation; more information can be found
|
||||
at:
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/NDA_program
|
||||
|
||||
This kind of review is often enough to avoid serious problems later on
|
||||
without requiring public disclosure of the project.
|
384
Documentation/development-process/4.Coding
Normal file
384
Documentation/development-process/4.Coding
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
|
||||
4: GETTING THE CODE RIGHT
|
||||
|
||||
While there is much to be said for a solid and community-oriented design
|
||||
process, the proof of any kernel development project is in the resulting
|
||||
code. It is the code which will be examined by other developers and merged
|
||||
(or not) into the mainline tree. So it is the quality of this code which
|
||||
will determine the ultimate success of the project.
|
||||
|
||||
This section will examine the coding process. We'll start with a look at a
|
||||
number of ways in which kernel developers can go wrong. Then the focus
|
||||
will shift toward doing things right and the tools which can help in that
|
||||
quest.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4.1: PITFALLS
|
||||
|
||||
* Coding style
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel has long had a standard coding style, described in
|
||||
Documentation/CodingStyle. For much of that time, the policies described
|
||||
in that file were taken as being, at most, advisory. As a result, there is
|
||||
a substantial amount of code in the kernel which does not meet the coding
|
||||
style guidelines. The presence of that code leads to two independent
|
||||
hazards for kernel developers.
|
||||
|
||||
The first of these is to believe that the kernel coding standards do not
|
||||
matter and are not enforced. The truth of the matter is that adding new
|
||||
code to the kernel is very difficult if that code is not coded according to
|
||||
the standard; many developers will request that the code be reformatted
|
||||
before they will even review it. A code base as large as the kernel
|
||||
requires some uniformity of code to make it possible for developers to
|
||||
quickly understand any part of it. So there is no longer room for
|
||||
strangely-formatted code.
|
||||
|
||||
Occasionally, the kernel's coding style will run into conflict with an
|
||||
employer's mandated style. In such cases, the kernel's style will have to
|
||||
win before the code can be merged. Putting code into the kernel means
|
||||
giving up a degree of control in a number of ways - including control over
|
||||
how the code is formatted.
|
||||
|
||||
The other trap is to assume that code which is already in the kernel is
|
||||
urgently in need of coding style fixes. Developers may start to generate
|
||||
reformatting patches as a way of gaining familiarity with the process, or
|
||||
as a way of getting their name into the kernel changelogs - or both. But
|
||||
pure coding style fixes are seen as noise by the development community;
|
||||
they tend to get a chilly reception. So this type of patch is best
|
||||
avoided. It is natural to fix the style of a piece of code while working
|
||||
on it for other reasons, but coding style changes should not be made for
|
||||
their own sake.
|
||||
|
||||
The coding style document also should not be read as an absolute law which
|
||||
can never be transgressed. If there is a good reason to go against the
|
||||
style (a line which becomes far less readable if split to fit within the
|
||||
80-column limit, for example), just do it.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* Abstraction layers
|
||||
|
||||
Computer Science professors teach students to make extensive use of
|
||||
abstraction layers in the name of flexibility and information hiding.
|
||||
Certainly the kernel makes extensive use of abstraction; no project
|
||||
involving several million lines of code could do otherwise and survive.
|
||||
But experience has shown that excessive or premature abstraction can be
|
||||
just as harmful as premature optimization. Abstraction should be used to
|
||||
the level required and no further.
|
||||
|
||||
At a simple level, consider a function which has an argument which is
|
||||
always passed as zero by all callers. One could retain that argument just
|
||||
in case somebody eventually needs to use the extra flexibility that it
|
||||
provides. By that time, though, chances are good that the code which
|
||||
implements this extra argument has been broken in some subtle way which was
|
||||
never noticed - because it has never been used. Or, when the need for
|
||||
extra flexibility arises, it does not do so in a way which matches the
|
||||
programmer's early expectation. Kernel developers will routinely submit
|
||||
patches to remove unused arguments; they should, in general, not be added
|
||||
in the first place.
|
||||
|
||||
Abstraction layers which hide access to hardware - often to allow the bulk
|
||||
of a driver to be used with multiple operating systems - are especially
|
||||
frowned upon. Such layers obscure the code and may impose a performance
|
||||
penalty; they do not belong in the Linux kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
On the other hand, if you find yourself copying significant amounts of code
|
||||
from another kernel subsystem, it is time to ask whether it would, in fact,
|
||||
make sense to pull out some of that code into a separate library or to
|
||||
implement that functionality at a higher level. There is no value in
|
||||
replicating the same code throughout the kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* #ifdef and preprocessor use in general
|
||||
|
||||
The C preprocessor seems to present a powerful temptation to some C
|
||||
programmers, who see it as a way to efficiently encode a great deal of
|
||||
flexibility into a source file. But the preprocessor is not C, and heavy
|
||||
use of it results in code which is much harder for others to read and
|
||||
harder for the compiler to check for correctness. Heavy preprocessor use
|
||||
is almost always a sign of code which needs some cleanup work.
|
||||
|
||||
Conditional compilation with #ifdef is, indeed, a powerful feature, and it
|
||||
is used within the kernel. But there is little desire to see code which is
|
||||
sprinkled liberally with #ifdef blocks. As a general rule, #ifdef use
|
||||
should be confined to header files whenever possible.
|
||||
Conditionally-compiled code can be confined to functions which, if the code
|
||||
is not to be present, simply become empty. The compiler will then quietly
|
||||
optimize out the call to the empty function. The result is far cleaner
|
||||
code which is easier to follow.
|
||||
|
||||
C preprocessor macros present a number of hazards, including possible
|
||||
multiple evaluation of expressions with side effects and no type safety.
|
||||
If you are tempted to define a macro, consider creating an inline function
|
||||
instead. The code which results will be the same, but inline functions are
|
||||
easier to read, do not evaluate their arguments multiple times, and allow
|
||||
the compiler to perform type checking on the arguments and return value.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* Inline functions
|
||||
|
||||
Inline functions present a hazard of their own, though. Programmers can
|
||||
become enamored of the perceived efficiency inherent in avoiding a function
|
||||
call and fill a source file with inline functions. Those functions,
|
||||
however, can actually reduce performance. Since their code is replicated
|
||||
at each call site, they end up bloating the size of the compiled kernel.
|
||||
That, in turn, creates pressure on the processor's memory caches, which can
|
||||
slow execution dramatically. Inline functions, as a rule, should be quite
|
||||
small and relatively rare. The cost of a function call, after all, is not
|
||||
that high; the creation of large numbers of inline functions is a classic
|
||||
example of premature optimization.
|
||||
|
||||
In general, kernel programmers ignore cache effects at their peril. The
|
||||
classic time/space tradeoff taught in beginning data structures classes
|
||||
often does not apply to contemporary hardware. Space *is* time, in that a
|
||||
larger program will run slower than one which is more compact.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* Locking
|
||||
|
||||
In May, 2006, the "Devicescape" networking stack was, with great
|
||||
fanfare, released under the GPL and made available for inclusion in the
|
||||
mainline kernel. This donation was welcome news; support for wireless
|
||||
networking in Linux was considered substandard at best, and the Devicescape
|
||||
stack offered the promise of fixing that situation. Yet, this code did not
|
||||
actually make it into the mainline until June, 2007 (2.6.22). What
|
||||
happened?
|
||||
|
||||
This code showed a number of signs of having been developed behind
|
||||
corporate doors. But one large problem in particular was that it was not
|
||||
designed to work on multiprocessor systems. Before this networking stack
|
||||
(now called mac80211) could be merged, a locking scheme needed to be
|
||||
retrofitted onto it.
|
||||
|
||||
Once upon a time, Linux kernel code could be developed without thinking
|
||||
about the concurrency issues presented by multiprocessor systems. Now,
|
||||
however, this document is being written on a dual-core laptop. Even on
|
||||
single-processor systems, work being done to improve responsiveness will
|
||||
raise the level of concurrency within the kernel. The days when kernel
|
||||
code could be written without thinking about locking are long past.
|
||||
|
||||
Any resource (data structures, hardware registers, etc.) which could be
|
||||
accessed concurrently by more than one thread must be protected by a lock.
|
||||
New code should be written with this requirement in mind; retrofitting
|
||||
locking after the fact is a rather more difficult task. Kernel developers
|
||||
should take the time to understand the available locking primitives well
|
||||
enough to pick the right tool for the job. Code which shows a lack of
|
||||
attention to concurrency will have a difficult path into the mainline.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* Regressions
|
||||
|
||||
One final hazard worth mentioning is this: it can be tempting to make a
|
||||
change (which may bring big improvements) which causes something to break
|
||||
for existing users. This kind of change is called a "regression," and
|
||||
regressions have become most unwelcome in the mainline kernel. With few
|
||||
exceptions, changes which cause regressions will be backed out if the
|
||||
regression cannot be fixed in a timely manner. Far better to avoid the
|
||||
regression in the first place.
|
||||
|
||||
It is often argued that a regression can be justified if it causes things
|
||||
to work for more people than it creates problems for. Why not make a
|
||||
change if it brings new functionality to ten systems for each one it
|
||||
breaks? The best answer to this question was expressed by Linus in July,
|
||||
2007:
|
||||
|
||||
So we don't fix bugs by introducing new problems. That way lies
|
||||
madness, and nobody ever knows if you actually make any real
|
||||
progress at all. Is it two steps forwards, one step back, or one
|
||||
step forward and two steps back?
|
||||
|
||||
(http://lwn.net/Articles/243460/).
|
||||
|
||||
An especially unwelcome type of regression is any sort of change to the
|
||||
user-space ABI. Once an interface has been exported to user space, it must
|
||||
be supported indefinitely. This fact makes the creation of user-space
|
||||
interfaces particularly challenging: since they cannot be changed in
|
||||
incompatible ways, they must be done right the first time. For this
|
||||
reason, a great deal of thought, clear documentation, and wide review for
|
||||
user-space interfaces is always required.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4.2: CODE CHECKING TOOLS
|
||||
|
||||
For now, at least, the writing of error-free code remains an ideal that few
|
||||
of us can reach. What we can hope to do, though, is to catch and fix as
|
||||
many of those errors as possible before our code goes into the mainline
|
||||
kernel. To that end, the kernel developers have put together an impressive
|
||||
array of tools which can catch a wide variety of obscure problems in an
|
||||
automated way. Any problem caught by the computer is a problem which will
|
||||
not afflict a user later on, so it stands to reason that the automated
|
||||
tools should be used whenever possible.
|
||||
|
||||
The first step is simply to heed the warnings produced by the compiler.
|
||||
Contemporary versions of gcc can detect (and warn about) a large number of
|
||||
potential errors. Quite often, these warnings point to real problems.
|
||||
Code submitted for review should, as a rule, not produce any compiler
|
||||
warnings. When silencing warnings, take care to understand the real cause
|
||||
and try to avoid "fixes" which make the warning go away without addressing
|
||||
its cause.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that not all compiler warnings are enabled by default. Build the
|
||||
kernel with "make EXTRA_CFLAGS=-W" to get the full set.
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel provides several configuration options which turn on debugging
|
||||
features; most of these are found in the "kernel hacking" submenu. Several
|
||||
of these options should be turned on for any kernel used for development or
|
||||
testing purposes. In particular, you should turn on:
|
||||
|
||||
- ENABLE_WARN_DEPRECATED, ENABLE_MUST_CHECK, and FRAME_WARN to get an
|
||||
extra set of warnings for problems like the use of deprecated interfaces
|
||||
or ignoring an important return value from a function. The output
|
||||
generated by these warnings can be verbose, but one need not worry about
|
||||
warnings from other parts of the kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
- DEBUG_OBJECTS will add code to track the lifetime of various objects
|
||||
created by the kernel and warn when things are done out of order. If
|
||||
you are adding a subsystem which creates (and exports) complex objects
|
||||
of its own, consider adding support for the object debugging
|
||||
infrastructure.
|
||||
|
||||
- DEBUG_SLAB can find a variety of memory allocation and use errors; it
|
||||
should be used on most development kernels.
|
||||
|
||||
- DEBUG_SPINLOCK, DEBUG_SPINLOCK_SLEEP, and DEBUG_MUTEXES will find a
|
||||
number of common locking errors.
|
||||
|
||||
There are quite a few other debugging options, some of which will be
|
||||
discussed below. Some of them have a significant performance impact and
|
||||
should not be used all of the time. But some time spent learning the
|
||||
available options will likely be paid back many times over in short order.
|
||||
|
||||
One of the heavier debugging tools is the locking checker, or "lockdep."
|
||||
This tool will track the acquisition and release of every lock (spinlock or
|
||||
mutex) in the system, the order in which locks are acquired relative to
|
||||
each other, the current interrupt environment, and more. It can then
|
||||
ensure that locks are always acquired in the same order, that the same
|
||||
interrupt assumptions apply in all situations, and so on. In other words,
|
||||
lockdep can find a number of scenarios in which the system could, on rare
|
||||
occasion, deadlock. This kind of problem can be painful (for both
|
||||
developers and users) in a deployed system; lockdep allows them to be found
|
||||
in an automated manner ahead of time. Code with any sort of non-trivial
|
||||
locking should be run with lockdep enabled before being submitted for
|
||||
inclusion.
|
||||
|
||||
As a diligent kernel programmer, you will, beyond doubt, check the return
|
||||
status of any operation (such as a memory allocation) which can fail. The
|
||||
fact of the matter, though, is that the resulting failure recovery paths
|
||||
are, probably, completely untested. Untested code tends to be broken code;
|
||||
you could be much more confident of your code if all those error-handling
|
||||
paths had been exercised a few times.
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel provides a fault injection framework which can do exactly that,
|
||||
especially where memory allocations are involved. With fault injection
|
||||
enabled, a configurable percentage of memory allocations will be made to
|
||||
fail; these failures can be restricted to a specific range of code.
|
||||
Running with fault injection enabled allows the programmer to see how the
|
||||
code responds when things go badly. See
|
||||
Documentation/fault-injection/fault-injection.text for more information on
|
||||
how to use this facility.
|
||||
|
||||
Other kinds of errors can be found with the "sparse" static analysis tool.
|
||||
With sparse, the programmer can be warned about confusion between
|
||||
user-space and kernel-space addresses, mixture of big-endian and
|
||||
small-endian quantities, the passing of integer values where a set of bit
|
||||
flags is expected, and so on. Sparse must be installed separately (it can
|
||||
be found at http://www.kernel.org/pub/software/devel/sparse/ if your
|
||||
distributor does not package it); it can then be run on the code by adding
|
||||
"C=1" to your make command.
|
||||
|
||||
Other kinds of portability errors are best found by compiling your code for
|
||||
other architectures. If you do not happen to have an S/390 system or a
|
||||
Blackfin development board handy, you can still perform the compilation
|
||||
step. A large set of cross compilers for x86 systems can be found at
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.kernel.org/pub/tools/crosstool/
|
||||
|
||||
Some time spent installing and using these compilers will help avoid
|
||||
embarrassment later.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4.3: DOCUMENTATION
|
||||
|
||||
Documentation has often been more the exception than the rule with kernel
|
||||
development. Even so, adequate documentation will help to ease the merging
|
||||
of new code into the kernel, make life easier for other developers, and
|
||||
will be helpful for your users. In many cases, the addition of
|
||||
documentation has become essentially mandatory.
|
||||
|
||||
The first piece of documentation for any patch is its associated
|
||||
changelog. Log entries should describe the problem being solved, the form
|
||||
of the solution, the people who worked on the patch, any relevant
|
||||
effects on performance, and anything else that might be needed to
|
||||
understand the patch.
|
||||
|
||||
Any code which adds a new user-space interface - including new sysfs or
|
||||
/proc files - should include documentation of that interface which enables
|
||||
user-space developers to know what they are working with. See
|
||||
Documentation/ABI/README for a description of how this documentation should
|
||||
be formatted and what information needs to be provided.
|
||||
|
||||
The file Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt describes all of the kernel's
|
||||
boot-time parameters. Any patch which adds new parameters should add the
|
||||
appropriate entries to this file.
|
||||
|
||||
Any new configuration options must be accompanied by help text which
|
||||
clearly explains the options and when the user might want to select them.
|
||||
|
||||
Internal API information for many subsystems is documented by way of
|
||||
specially-formatted comments; these comments can be extracted and formatted
|
||||
in a number of ways by the "kernel-doc" script. If you are working within
|
||||
a subsystem which has kerneldoc comments, you should maintain them and add
|
||||
them, as appropriate, for externally-available functions. Even in areas
|
||||
which have not been so documented, there is no harm in adding kerneldoc
|
||||
comments for the future; indeed, this can be a useful activity for
|
||||
beginning kernel developers. The format of these comments, along with some
|
||||
information on how to create kerneldoc templates can be found in the file
|
||||
Documentation/kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
Anybody who reads through a significant amount of existing kernel code will
|
||||
note that, often, comments are most notable by their absence. Once again,
|
||||
the expectations for new code are higher than they were in the past;
|
||||
merging uncommented code will be harder. That said, there is little desire
|
||||
for verbosely-commented code. The code should, itself, be readable, with
|
||||
comments explaining the more subtle aspects.
|
||||
|
||||
Certain things should always be commented. Uses of memory barriers should
|
||||
be accompanied by a line explaining why the barrier is necessary. The
|
||||
locking rules for data structures generally need to be explained somewhere.
|
||||
Major data structures need comprehensive documentation in general.
|
||||
Non-obvious dependencies between separate bits of code should be pointed
|
||||
out. Anything which might tempt a code janitor to make an incorrect
|
||||
"cleanup" needs a comment saying why it is done the way it is. And so on.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4.4: INTERNAL API CHANGES
|
||||
|
||||
The binary interface provided by the kernel to user space cannot be broken
|
||||
except under the most severe circumstances. The kernel's internal
|
||||
programming interfaces, instead, are highly fluid and can be changed when
|
||||
the need arises. If you find yourself having to work around a kernel API,
|
||||
or simply not using a specific functionality because it does not meet your
|
||||
needs, that may be a sign that the API needs to change. As a kernel
|
||||
developer, you are empowered to make such changes.
|
||||
|
||||
There are, of course, some catches. API changes can be made, but they need
|
||||
to be well justified. So any patch making an internal API change should be
|
||||
accompanied by a description of what the change is and why it is
|
||||
necessary. This kind of change should also be broken out into a separate
|
||||
patch, rather than buried within a larger patch.
|
||||
|
||||
The other catch is that a developer who changes an internal API is
|
||||
generally charged with the task of fixing any code within the kernel tree
|
||||
which is broken by the change. For a widely-used function, this duty can
|
||||
lead to literally hundreds or thousands of changes - many of which are
|
||||
likely to conflict with work being done by other developers. Needless to
|
||||
say, this can be a large job, so it is best to be sure that the
|
||||
justification is solid.
|
||||
|
||||
When making an incompatible API change, one should, whenever possible,
|
||||
ensure that code which has not been updated is caught by the compiler.
|
||||
This will help you to be sure that you have found all in-tree uses of that
|
||||
interface. It will also alert developers of out-of-tree code that there is
|
||||
a change that they need to respond to. Supporting out-of-tree code is not
|
||||
something that kernel developers need to be worried about, but we also do
|
||||
not have to make life harder for out-of-tree developers than it it needs to
|
||||
be.
|
278
Documentation/development-process/5.Posting
Normal file
278
Documentation/development-process/5.Posting
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
|
||||
5: POSTING PATCHES
|
||||
|
||||
Sooner or later, the time comes when your work is ready to be presented to
|
||||
the community for review and, eventually, inclusion into the mainline
|
||||
kernel. Unsurprisingly, the kernel development community has evolved a set
|
||||
of conventions and procedures which are used in the posting of patches;
|
||||
following them will make life much easier for everybody involved. This
|
||||
document will attempt to cover these expectations in reasonable detail;
|
||||
more information can also be found in the files SubmittingPatches,
|
||||
SubmittingDrivers, and SubmitChecklist in the kernel documentation
|
||||
directory.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.1: WHEN TO POST
|
||||
|
||||
There is a constant temptation to avoid posting patches before they are
|
||||
completely "ready." For simple patches, that is not a problem. If the
|
||||
work being done is complex, though, there is a lot to be gained by getting
|
||||
feedback from the community before the work is complete. So you should
|
||||
consider posting in-progress work, or even making a git tree available so
|
||||
that interested developers can catch up with your work at any time.
|
||||
|
||||
When posting code which is not yet considered ready for inclusion, it is a
|
||||
good idea to say so in the posting itself. Also mention any major work
|
||||
which remains to be done and any known problems. Fewer people will look at
|
||||
patches which are known to be half-baked, but those who do will come in
|
||||
with the idea that they can help you drive the work in the right direction.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.2: BEFORE CREATING PATCHES
|
||||
|
||||
There are a number of things which should be done before you consider
|
||||
sending patches to the development community. These include:
|
||||
|
||||
- Test the code to the extent that you can. Make use of the kernel's
|
||||
debugging tools, ensure that the kernel will build with all reasonable
|
||||
combinations of configuration options, use cross-compilers to build for
|
||||
different architectures, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
- Make sure your code is compliant with the kernel coding style
|
||||
guidelines.
|
||||
|
||||
- Does your change have performance implications? If so, you should run
|
||||
benchmarks showing what the impact (or benefit) of your change is; a
|
||||
summary of the results should be included with the patch.
|
||||
|
||||
- Be sure that you have the right to post the code. If this work was done
|
||||
for an employer, the employer likely has a right to the work and must be
|
||||
agreeable with its release under the GPL.
|
||||
|
||||
As a general rule, putting in some extra thought before posting code almost
|
||||
always pays back the effort in short order.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.3: PATCH PREPARATION
|
||||
|
||||
The preparation of patches for posting can be a surprising amount of work,
|
||||
but, once again, attempting to save time here is not generally advisable
|
||||
even in the short term.
|
||||
|
||||
Patches must be prepared against a specific version of the kernel. As a
|
||||
general rule, a patch should be based on the current mainline as found in
|
||||
Linus's git tree. It may become necessary to make versions against -mm,
|
||||
linux-next, or a subsystem tree, though, to facilitate wider testing and
|
||||
review. Depending on the area of your patch and what is going on
|
||||
elsewhere, basing a patch against these other trees can require a
|
||||
significant amount of work resolving conflicts and dealing with API
|
||||
changes.
|
||||
|
||||
Only the most simple changes should be formatted as a single patch;
|
||||
everything else should be made as a logical series of changes. Splitting
|
||||
up patches is a bit of an art; some developers spend a long time figuring
|
||||
out how to do it in the way that the community expects. There are a few
|
||||
rules of thumb, however, which can help considerably:
|
||||
|
||||
- The patch series you post will almost certainly not be the series of
|
||||
changes found in your working revision control system. Instead, the
|
||||
changes you have made need to be considered in their final form, then
|
||||
split apart in ways which make sense. The developers are interested in
|
||||
discrete, self-contained changes, not the path you took to get to those
|
||||
changes.
|
||||
|
||||
- Each logically independent change should be formatted as a separate
|
||||
patch. These changes can be small ("add a field to this structure") or
|
||||
large (adding a significant new driver, for example), but they should be
|
||||
conceptually small and amenable to a one-line description. Each patch
|
||||
should make a specific change which can be reviewed on its own and
|
||||
verified to do what it says it does.
|
||||
|
||||
- As a way of restating the guideline above: do not mix different types of
|
||||
changes in the same patch. If a single patch fixes a critical security
|
||||
bug, rearranges a few structures, and reformats the code, there is a
|
||||
good chance that it will be passed over and the important fix will be
|
||||
lost.
|
||||
|
||||
- Each patch should yield a kernel which builds and runs properly; if your
|
||||
patch series is interrupted in the middle, the result should still be a
|
||||
working kernel. Partial application of a patch series is a common
|
||||
scenario when the "git bisect" tool is used to find regressions; if the
|
||||
result is a broken kernel, you will make life harder for developers and
|
||||
users who are engaging in the noble work of tracking down problems.
|
||||
|
||||
- Do not overdo it, though. One developer recently posted a set of edits
|
||||
to a single file as 500 separate patches - an act which did not make him
|
||||
the most popular person on the kernel mailing list. A single patch can
|
||||
be reasonably large as long as it still contains a single *logical*
|
||||
change.
|
||||
|
||||
- It can be tempting to add a whole new infrastructure with a series of
|
||||
patches, but to leave that infrastructure unused until the final patch
|
||||
in the series enables the whole thing. This temptation should be
|
||||
avoided if possible; if that series adds regressions, bisection will
|
||||
finger the last patch as the one which caused the problem, even though
|
||||
the real bug is elsewhere. Whenever possible, a patch which adds new
|
||||
code should make that code active immediately.
|
||||
|
||||
Working to create the perfect patch series can be a frustrating process
|
||||
which takes quite a bit of time and thought after the "real work" has been
|
||||
done. When done properly, though, it is time well spent.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.4: PATCH FORMATTING
|
||||
|
||||
So now you have a perfect series of patches for posting, but the work is
|
||||
not done quite yet. Each patch needs to be formatted into a message which
|
||||
quickly and clearly communicates its purpose to the rest of the world. To
|
||||
that end, each patch will be composed of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
- An optional "From" line naming the author of the patch. This line is
|
||||
only necessary if you are passing on somebody else's patch via email,
|
||||
but it never hurts to add it when in doubt.
|
||||
|
||||
- A one-line description of what the patch does. This message should be
|
||||
enough for a reader who sees it with no other context to figure out the
|
||||
scope of the patch; it is the line that will show up in the "short form"
|
||||
changelogs. This message is usually formatted with the relevant
|
||||
subsystem name first, followed by the purpose of the patch. For
|
||||
example:
|
||||
|
||||
gpio: fix build on CONFIG_GPIO_SYSFS=n
|
||||
|
||||
- A blank line followed by a detailed description of the contents of the
|
||||
patch. This description can be as long as is required; it should say
|
||||
what the patch does and why it should be applied to the kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
- One or more tag lines, with, at a minimum, one Signed-off-by: line from
|
||||
the author of the patch. Tags will be described in more detail below.
|
||||
|
||||
The above three items should, normally, be the text used when committing
|
||||
the change to a revision control system. They are followed by:
|
||||
|
||||
- The patch itself, in the unified ("-u") patch format. Using the "-p"
|
||||
option to diff will associate function names with changes, making the
|
||||
resulting patch easier for others to read.
|
||||
|
||||
You should avoid including changes to irrelevant files (those generated by
|
||||
the build process, for example, or editor backup files) in the patch. The
|
||||
file "dontdiff" in the Documentation directory can help in this regard;
|
||||
pass it to diff with the "-X" option.
|
||||
|
||||
The tags mentioned above are used to describe how various developers have
|
||||
been associated with the development of this patch. They are described in
|
||||
detail in the SubmittingPatches document; what follows here is a brief
|
||||
summary. Each of these lines has the format:
|
||||
|
||||
tag: Full Name <email address> optional-other-stuff
|
||||
|
||||
The tags in common use are:
|
||||
|
||||
- Signed-off-by: this is a developer's certification that he or she has
|
||||
the right to submit the patch for inclusion into the kernel. It is an
|
||||
agreement to the Developer's Certificate of Origin, the full text of
|
||||
which can be found in Documentation/SubmittingPatches. Code without a
|
||||
proper signoff cannot be merged into the mainline.
|
||||
|
||||
- Acked-by: indicates an agreement by another developer (often a
|
||||
maintainer of the relevant code) that the patch is appropriate for
|
||||
inclusion into the kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
- Tested-by: states that the named person has tested the patch and found
|
||||
it to work.
|
||||
|
||||
- Reviewed-by: the named developer has reviewed the patch for correctness;
|
||||
see the reviewer's statement in Documentation/SubmittingPatches for more
|
||||
detail.
|
||||
|
||||
- Reported-by: names a user who reported a problem which is fixed by this
|
||||
patch; this tag is used to give credit to the (often underappreciated)
|
||||
people who test our code and let us know when things do not work
|
||||
correctly.
|
||||
|
||||
- Cc: the named person received a copy of the patch and had the
|
||||
opportunity to comment on it.
|
||||
|
||||
Be careful in the addition of tags to your patches: only Cc: is appropriate
|
||||
for addition without the explicit permission of the person named.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.5: SENDING THE PATCH
|
||||
|
||||
Before you mail your patches, there are a couple of other things you should
|
||||
take care of:
|
||||
|
||||
- Are you sure that your mailer will not corrupt the patches? Patches
|
||||
which have had gratuitous white-space changes or line wrapping performed
|
||||
by the mail client will not apply at the other end, and often will not
|
||||
be examined in any detail. If there is any doubt at all, mail the patch
|
||||
to yourself and convince yourself that it shows up intact.
|
||||
|
||||
Documentation/email-clients.txt has some helpful hints on making
|
||||
specific mail clients work for sending patches.
|
||||
|
||||
- Are you sure your patch is free of silly mistakes? You should always
|
||||
run patches through scripts/checkpatch.pl and address the complaints it
|
||||
comes up with. Please bear in mind that checkpatch.pl, while being the
|
||||
embodiment of a fair amount of thought about what kernel patches should
|
||||
look like, is not smarter than you. If fixing a checkpatch.pl complaint
|
||||
would make the code worse, don't do it.
|
||||
|
||||
Patches should always be sent as plain text. Please do not send them as
|
||||
attachments; that makes it much harder for reviewers to quote sections of
|
||||
the patch in their replies. Instead, just put the patch directly into your
|
||||
message.
|
||||
|
||||
When mailing patches, it is important to send copies to anybody who might
|
||||
be interested in it. Unlike some other projects, the kernel encourages
|
||||
people to err on the side of sending too many copies; don't assume that the
|
||||
relevant people will see your posting on the mailing lists. In particular,
|
||||
copies should go to:
|
||||
|
||||
- The maintainer(s) of the affected subsystem(s). As described earlier,
|
||||
the MAINTAINERS file is the first place to look for these people.
|
||||
|
||||
- Other developers who have been working in the same area - especially
|
||||
those who might be working there now. Using git to see who else has
|
||||
modified the files you are working on can be helpful.
|
||||
|
||||
- If you are responding to a bug report or a feature request, copy the
|
||||
original poster as well.
|
||||
|
||||
- Send a copy to the relevant mailing list, or, if nothing else applies,
|
||||
the linux-kernel list.
|
||||
|
||||
- If you are fixing a bug, think about whether the fix should go into the
|
||||
next stable update. If so, stable@kernel.org should get a copy of the
|
||||
patch. Also add a "Cc: stable@kernel.org" to the tags within the patch
|
||||
itself; that will cause the stable team to get a notification when your
|
||||
fix goes into the mainline.
|
||||
|
||||
When selecting recipients for a patch, it is good to have an idea of who
|
||||
you think will eventually accept the patch and get it merged. While it
|
||||
is possible to send patches directly to Linus Torvalds and have him merge
|
||||
them, things are not normally done that way. Linus is busy, and there are
|
||||
subsystem maintainers who watch over specific parts of the kernel. Usually
|
||||
you will be wanting that maintainer to merge your patches. If there is no
|
||||
obvious maintainer, Andrew Morton is often the patch target of last resort.
|
||||
|
||||
Patches need good subject lines. The canonical format for a patch line is
|
||||
something like:
|
||||
|
||||
[PATCH nn/mm] subsys: one-line description of the patch
|
||||
|
||||
where "nn" is the ordinal number of the patch, "mm" is the total number of
|
||||
patches in the series, and "subsys" is the name of the affected subsystem.
|
||||
Clearly, nn/mm can be omitted for a single, standalone patch.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have a significant series of patches, it is customary to send an
|
||||
introductory description as part zero. This convention is not universally
|
||||
followed though; if you use it, remember that information in the
|
||||
introduction does not make it into the kernel changelogs. So please ensure
|
||||
that the patches, themselves, have complete changelog information.
|
||||
|
||||
In general, the second and following parts of a multi-part patch should be
|
||||
sent as a reply to the first part so that they all thread together at the
|
||||
receiving end. Tools like git and quilt have commands to mail out a set of
|
||||
patches with the proper threading. If you have a long series, though, and
|
||||
are using git, please provide the --no-chain-reply-to option to avoid
|
||||
creating exceptionally deep nesting.
|
202
Documentation/development-process/6.Followthrough
Normal file
202
Documentation/development-process/6.Followthrough
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
|
||||
6: FOLLOWTHROUGH
|
||||
|
||||
At this point, you have followed the guidelines given so far and, with the
|
||||
addition of your own engineering skills, have posted a perfect series of
|
||||
patches. One of the biggest mistakes that even experienced kernel
|
||||
developers can make is to conclude that their work is now done. In truth,
|
||||
posting patches indicates a transition into the next stage of the process,
|
||||
with, possibly, quite a bit of work yet to be done.
|
||||
|
||||
It is a rare patch which is so good at its first posting that there is no
|
||||
room for improvement. The kernel development process recognizes this fact,
|
||||
and, as a result, is heavily oriented toward the improvement of posted
|
||||
code. You, as the author of that code, will be expected to work with the
|
||||
kernel community to ensure that your code is up to the kernel's quality
|
||||
standards. A failure to participate in this process is quite likely to
|
||||
prevent the inclusion of your patches into the mainline.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
6.1: WORKING WITH REVIEWERS
|
||||
|
||||
A patch of any significance will result in a number of comments from other
|
||||
developers as they review the code. Working with reviewers can be, for
|
||||
many developers, the most intimidating part of the kernel development
|
||||
process. Life can be made much easier, though, if you keep a few things in
|
||||
mind:
|
||||
|
||||
- If you have explained your patch well, reviewers will understand its
|
||||
value and why you went to the trouble of writing it. But that value
|
||||
will not keep them from asking a fundamental question: what will it be
|
||||
like to maintain a kernel with this code in it five or ten years later?
|
||||
Many of the changes you may be asked to make - from coding style tweaks
|
||||
to substantial rewrites - come from the understanding that Linux will
|
||||
still be around and under development a decade from now.
|
||||
|
||||
- Code review is hard work, and it is a relatively thankless occupation;
|
||||
people remember who wrote kernel code, but there is little lasting fame
|
||||
for those who reviewed it. So reviewers can get grumpy, especially when
|
||||
they see the same mistakes being made over and over again. If you get a
|
||||
review which seems angry, insulting, or outright offensive, resist the
|
||||
impulse to respond in kind. Code review is about the code, not about
|
||||
the people, and code reviewers are not attacking you personally.
|
||||
|
||||
- Similarly, code reviewers are not trying to promote their employers'
|
||||
agendas at the expense of your own. Kernel developers often expect to
|
||||
be working on the kernel years from now, but they understand that their
|
||||
employer could change. They truly are, almost without exception,
|
||||
working toward the creation of the best kernel they can; they are not
|
||||
trying to create discomfort for their employers' competitors.
|
||||
|
||||
What all of this comes down to is that, when reviewers send you comments,
|
||||
you need to pay attention to the technical observations that they are
|
||||
making. Do not let their form of expression or your own pride keep that
|
||||
from happening. When you get review comments on a patch, take the time to
|
||||
understand what the reviewer is trying to say. If possible, fix the things
|
||||
that the reviewer is asking you to fix. And respond back to the reviewer:
|
||||
thank them, and describe how you will answer their questions.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that you do not have to agree with every change suggested by
|
||||
reviewers. If you believe that the reviewer has misunderstood your code,
|
||||
explain what is really going on. If you have a technical objection to a
|
||||
suggested change, describe it and justify your solution to the problem. If
|
||||
your explanations make sense, the reviewer will accept them. Should your
|
||||
explanation not prove persuasive, though, especially if others start to
|
||||
agree with the reviewer, take some time to think things over again. It can
|
||||
be easy to become blinded by your own solution to a problem to the point
|
||||
that you don't realize that something is fundamentally wrong or, perhaps,
|
||||
you're not even solving the right problem.
|
||||
|
||||
One fatal mistake is to ignore review comments in the hope that they will
|
||||
go away. They will not go away. If you repost code without having
|
||||
responded to the comments you got the time before, you're likely to find
|
||||
that your patches go nowhere.
|
||||
|
||||
Speaking of reposting code: please bear in mind that reviewers are not
|
||||
going to remember all the details of the code you posted the last time
|
||||
around. So it is always a good idea to remind reviewers of previously
|
||||
raised issues and how you dealt with them; the patch changelog is a good
|
||||
place for this kind of information. Reviewers should not have to search
|
||||
through list archives to familiarize themselves with what was said last
|
||||
time; if you help them get a running start, they will be in a better mood
|
||||
when they revisit your code.
|
||||
|
||||
What if you've tried to do everything right and things still aren't going
|
||||
anywhere? Most technical disagreements can be resolved through discussion,
|
||||
but there are times when somebody simply has to make a decision. If you
|
||||
honestly believe that this decision is going against you wrongly, you can
|
||||
always try appealing to a higher power. As of this writing, that higher
|
||||
power tends to be Andrew Morton. Andrew has a great deal of respect in the
|
||||
kernel development community; he can often unjam a situation which seems to
|
||||
be hopelessly blocked. Appealing to Andrew should not be done lightly,
|
||||
though, and not before all other alternatives have been explored. And bear
|
||||
in mind, of course, that he may not agree with you either.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
6.2: WHAT HAPPENS NEXT
|
||||
|
||||
If a patch is considered to be a good thing to add to the kernel, and once
|
||||
most of the review issues have been resolved, the next step is usually
|
||||
entry into a subsystem maintainer's tree. How that works varies from one
|
||||
subsystem to the next; each maintainer has his or her own way of doing
|
||||
things. In particular, there may be more than one tree - one, perhaps,
|
||||
dedicated to patches planned for the next merge window, and another for
|
||||
longer-term work.
|
||||
|
||||
For patches applying to areas for which there is no obvious subsystem tree
|
||||
(memory management patches, for example), the default tree often ends up
|
||||
being -mm. Patches which affect multiple subsystems can also end up going
|
||||
through the -mm tree.
|
||||
|
||||
Inclusion into a subsystem tree can bring a higher level of visibility to a
|
||||
patch. Now other developers working with that tree will get the patch by
|
||||
default. Subsystem trees typically feed into -mm and linux-next as well,
|
||||
making their contents visible to the development community as a whole. At
|
||||
this point, there's a good chance that you will get more comments from a
|
||||
new set of reviewers; these comments need to be answered as in the previous
|
||||
round.
|
||||
|
||||
What may also happen at this point, depending on the nature of your patch,
|
||||
is that conflicts with work being done by others turn up. In the worst
|
||||
case, heavy patch conflicts can result in some work being put on the back
|
||||
burner so that the remaining patches can be worked into shape and merged.
|
||||
Other times, conflict resolution will involve working with the other
|
||||
developers and, possibly, moving some patches between trees to ensure that
|
||||
everything applies cleanly. This work can be a pain, but count your
|
||||
blessings: before the advent of the linux-next tree, these conflicts often
|
||||
only turned up during the merge window and had to be addressed in a hurry.
|
||||
Now they can be resolved at leisure, before the merge window opens.
|
||||
|
||||
Some day, if all goes well, you'll log on and see that your patch has been
|
||||
merged into the mainline kernel. Congratulations! Once the celebration is
|
||||
complete (and you have added yourself to the MAINTAINERS file), though, it
|
||||
is worth remembering an important little fact: the job still is not done.
|
||||
Merging into the mainline brings its own challenges.
|
||||
|
||||
To begin with, the visibility of your patch has increased yet again. There
|
||||
may be a new round of comments from developers who had not been aware of
|
||||
the patch before. It may be tempting to ignore them, since there is no
|
||||
longer any question of your code being merged. Resist that temptation,
|
||||
though; you still need to be responsive to developers who have questions or
|
||||
suggestions.
|
||||
|
||||
More importantly, though: inclusion into the mainline puts your code into
|
||||
the hands of a much larger group of testers. Even if you have contributed
|
||||
a driver for hardware which is not yet available, you will be surprised by
|
||||
how many people will build your code into their kernels. And, of course,
|
||||
where there are testers, there will be bug reports.
|
||||
|
||||
The worst sort of bug reports are regressions. If your patch causes a
|
||||
regression, you'll find an uncomfortable number of eyes upon you;
|
||||
regressions need to be fixed as soon as possible. If you are unwilling or
|
||||
unable to fix the regression (and nobody else does it for you), your patch
|
||||
will almost certainly be removed during the stabilization period. Beyond
|
||||
negating all of the work you have done to get your patch into the mainline,
|
||||
having a patch pulled as the result of a failure to fix a regression could
|
||||
well make it harder for you to get work merged in the future.
|
||||
|
||||
After any regressions have been dealt with, there may be other, ordinary
|
||||
bugs to deal with. The stabilization period is your best opportunity to
|
||||
fix these bugs and ensure that your code's debut in a mainline kernel
|
||||
release is as solid as possible. So, please, answer bug reports, and fix
|
||||
the problems if at all possible. That's what the stabilization period is
|
||||
for; you can start creating cool new patches once any problems with the old
|
||||
ones have been taken care of.
|
||||
|
||||
And don't forget that there are other milestones which may also create bug
|
||||
reports: the next mainline stable release, when prominent distributors pick
|
||||
up a version of the kernel containing your patch, etc. Continuing to
|
||||
respond to these reports is a matter of basic pride in your work. If that
|
||||
is insufficient motivation, though, it's also worth considering that the
|
||||
development community remembers developers who lose interest in their code
|
||||
after it's merged. The next time you post a patch, they will be evaluating
|
||||
it with the assumption that you will not be around to maintain it
|
||||
afterward.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
6.3: OTHER THINGS THAT CAN HAPPEN
|
||||
|
||||
One day, you may open your mail client and see that somebody has mailed you
|
||||
a patch to your code. That is one of the advantages of having your code
|
||||
out there in the open, after all. If you agree with the patch, you can
|
||||
either forward it on to the subsystem maintainer (be sure to include a
|
||||
proper From: line so that the attribution is correct, and add a signoff of
|
||||
your own), or send an Acked-by: response back and let the original poster
|
||||
send it upward.
|
||||
|
||||
If you disagree with the patch, send a polite response explaining why. If
|
||||
possible, tell the author what changes need to be made to make the patch
|
||||
acceptable to you. There is a certain resistance to merging patches which
|
||||
are opposed by the author and maintainer of the code, but it only goes so
|
||||
far. If you are seen as needlessly blocking good work, those patches will
|
||||
eventually flow around you and get into the mainline anyway. In the Linux
|
||||
kernel, nobody has absolute veto power over any code. Except maybe Linus.
|
||||
|
||||
On very rare occasion, you may see something completely different: another
|
||||
developer posts a different solution to your problem. At that point,
|
||||
chances are that one of the two patches will not be merged, and "mine was
|
||||
here first" is not considered to be a compelling technical argument. If
|
||||
somebody else's patch displaces yours and gets into the mainline, there is
|
||||
really only one way to respond: be pleased that your problem got solved and
|
||||
get on with your work. Having one's work shoved aside in this manner can
|
||||
be hurtful and discouraging, but the community will remember your reaction
|
||||
long after they have forgotten whose patch actually got merged.
|
173
Documentation/development-process/7.AdvancedTopics
Normal file
173
Documentation/development-process/7.AdvancedTopics
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
|
||||
7: ADVANCED TOPICS
|
||||
|
||||
At this point, hopefully, you have a handle on how the development process
|
||||
works. There is still more to learn, however! This section will cover a
|
||||
number of topics which can be helpful for developers wanting to become a
|
||||
regular part of the Linux kernel development process.
|
||||
|
||||
7.1: MANAGING PATCHES WITH GIT
|
||||
|
||||
The use of distributed version control for the kernel began in early 2002,
|
||||
when Linus first started playing with the proprietary BitKeeper
|
||||
application. While BitKeeper was controversial, the approach to software
|
||||
version management it embodied most certainly was not. Distributed version
|
||||
control enabled an immediate acceleration of the kernel development
|
||||
project. In current times, there are several free alternatives to
|
||||
BitKeeper. For better or for worse, the kernel project has settled on git
|
||||
as its tool of choice.
|
||||
|
||||
Managing patches with git can make life much easier for the developer,
|
||||
especially as the volume of those patches grows. Git also has its rough
|
||||
edges and poses certain hazards; it is a young and powerful tool which is
|
||||
still being civilized by its developers. This document will not attempt to
|
||||
teach the reader how to use git; that would be sufficient material for a
|
||||
long document in its own right. Instead, the focus here will be on how git
|
||||
fits into the kernel development process in particular. Developers who
|
||||
wish to come up to speed with git will find more information at:
|
||||
|
||||
http://git.or.cz/
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/docs/user-manual.html
|
||||
|
||||
and on various tutorials found on the web.
|
||||
|
||||
The first order of business is to read the above sites and get a solid
|
||||
understanding of how git works before trying to use it to make patches
|
||||
available to others. A git-using developer should be able to obtain a copy
|
||||
of the mainline repository, explore the revision history, commit changes to
|
||||
the tree, use branches, etc. An understanding of git's tools for the
|
||||
rewriting of history (such as rebase) is also useful. Git comes with its
|
||||
own terminology and concepts; a new user of git should know about refs,
|
||||
remote branches, the index, fast-forward merges, pushes and pulls, detached
|
||||
heads, etc. It can all be a little intimidating at the outset, but the
|
||||
concepts are not that hard to grasp with a bit of study.
|
||||
|
||||
Using git to generate patches for submission by email can be a good
|
||||
exercise while coming up to speed.
|
||||
|
||||
When you are ready to start putting up git trees for others to look at, you
|
||||
will, of course, need a server that can be pulled from. Setting up such a
|
||||
server with git-daemon is relatively straightforward if you have a system
|
||||
which is accessible to the Internet. Otherwise, free, public hosting sites
|
||||
(Github, for example) are starting to appear on the net. Established
|
||||
developers can get an account on kernel.org, but those are not easy to come
|
||||
by; see http://kernel.org/faq/ for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
The normal git workflow involves the use of a lot of branches. Each line
|
||||
of development can be separated into a separate "topic branch" and
|
||||
maintained independently. Branches in git are cheap, there is no reason to
|
||||
not make free use of them. And, in any case, you should not do your
|
||||
development in any branch which you intend to ask others to pull from.
|
||||
Publicly-available branches should be created with care; merge in patches
|
||||
from development branches when they are in complete form and ready to go -
|
||||
not before.
|
||||
|
||||
Git provides some powerful tools which can allow you to rewrite your
|
||||
development history. An inconvenient patch (one which breaks bisection,
|
||||
say, or which has some other sort of obvious bug) can be fixed in place or
|
||||
made to disappear from the history entirely. A patch series can be
|
||||
rewritten as if it had been written on top of today's mainline, even though
|
||||
you have been working on it for months. Changes can be transparently
|
||||
shifted from one branch to another. And so on. Judicious use of git's
|
||||
ability to revise history can help in the creation of clean patch sets with
|
||||
fewer problems.
|
||||
|
||||
Excessive use of this capability can lead to other problems, though, beyond
|
||||
a simple obsession for the creation of the perfect project history.
|
||||
Rewriting history will rewrite the changes contained in that history,
|
||||
turning a tested (hopefully) kernel tree into an untested one. But, beyond
|
||||
that, developers cannot easily collaborate if they do not have a shared
|
||||
view of the project history; if you rewrite history which other developers
|
||||
have pulled into their repositories, you will make life much more difficult
|
||||
for those developers. So a simple rule of thumb applies here: history
|
||||
which has been exported to others should generally be seen as immutable
|
||||
thereafter.
|
||||
|
||||
So, once you push a set of changes to your publicly-available server, those
|
||||
changes should not be rewritten. Git will attempt to enforce this rule if
|
||||
you try to push changes which do not result in a fast-forward merge
|
||||
(i.e. changes which do not share the same history). It is possible to
|
||||
override this check, and there may be times when it is necessary to rewrite
|
||||
an exported tree. Moving changesets between trees to avoid conflicts in
|
||||
linux-next is one example. But such actions should be rare. This is one
|
||||
of the reasons why development should be done in private branches (which
|
||||
can be rewritten if necessary) and only moved into public branches when
|
||||
it's in a reasonably advanced state.
|
||||
|
||||
As the mainline (or other tree upon which a set of changes is based)
|
||||
advances, it is tempting to merge with that tree to stay on the leading
|
||||
edge. For a private branch, rebasing can be an easy way to keep up with
|
||||
another tree, but rebasing is not an option once a tree is exported to the
|
||||
world. Once that happens, a full merge must be done. Merging occasionally
|
||||
makes good sense, but overly frequent merges can clutter the history
|
||||
needlessly. Suggested technique in this case is to merge infrequently, and
|
||||
generally only at specific release points (such as a mainline -rc
|
||||
release). If you are nervous about specific changes, you can always
|
||||
perform test merges in a private branch. The git "rerere" tool can be
|
||||
useful in such situations; it remembers how merge conflicts were resolved
|
||||
so that you don't have to do the same work twice.
|
||||
|
||||
One of the biggest recurring complaints about tools like git is this: the
|
||||
mass movement of patches from one repository to another makes it easy to
|
||||
slip in ill-advised changes which go into the mainline below the review
|
||||
radar. Kernel developers tend to get unhappy when they see that kind of
|
||||
thing happening; putting up a git tree with unreviewed or off-topic patches
|
||||
can affect your ability to get trees pulled in the future. Quoting Linus:
|
||||
|
||||
You can send me patches, but for me to pull a git patch from you, I
|
||||
need to know that you know what you're doing, and I need to be able
|
||||
to trust things *without* then having to go and check every
|
||||
individual change by hand.
|
||||
|
||||
(http://lwn.net/Articles/224135/).
|
||||
|
||||
To avoid this kind of situation, ensure that all patches within a given
|
||||
branch stick closely to the associated topic; a "driver fixes" branch
|
||||
should not be making changes to the core memory management code. And, most
|
||||
importantly, do not use a git tree to bypass the review process. Post an
|
||||
occasional summary of the tree to the relevant list, and, when the time is
|
||||
right, request that the tree be included in linux-next.
|
||||
|
||||
If and when others start to send patches for inclusion into your tree,
|
||||
don't forget to review them. Also ensure that you maintain the correct
|
||||
authorship information; the git "am" tool does its best in this regard, but
|
||||
you may have to add a "From:" line to the patch if it has been relayed to
|
||||
you via a third party.
|
||||
|
||||
When requesting a pull, be sure to give all the relevant information: where
|
||||
your tree is, what branch to pull, and what changes will result from the
|
||||
pull. The git request-pull command can be helpful in this regard; it will
|
||||
format the request as other developers expect, and will also check to be
|
||||
sure that you have remembered to push those changes to the public server.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
7.2: REVIEWING PATCHES
|
||||
|
||||
Some readers will certainly object to putting this section with "advanced
|
||||
topics" on the grounds that even beginning kernel developers should be
|
||||
reviewing patches. It is certainly true that there is no better way to
|
||||
learn how to program in the kernel environment than by looking at code
|
||||
posted by others. In addition, reviewers are forever in short supply; by
|
||||
looking at code you can make a significant contribution to the process as a
|
||||
whole.
|
||||
|
||||
Reviewing code can be an intimidating prospect, especially for a new kernel
|
||||
developer who may well feel nervous about questioning code - in public -
|
||||
which has been posted by those with more experience. Even code written by
|
||||
the most experienced developers can be improved, though. Perhaps the best
|
||||
piece of advice for reviewers (all reviewers) is this: phrase review
|
||||
comments as questions rather than criticisms. Asking "how does the lock
|
||||
get released in this path?" will always work better than stating "the
|
||||
locking here is wrong."
|
||||
|
||||
Different developers will review code from different points of view. Some
|
||||
are mostly concerned with coding style and whether code lines have trailing
|
||||
white space. Others will focus primarily on whether the change implemented
|
||||
by the patch as a whole is a good thing for the kernel or not. Yet others
|
||||
will check for problematic locking, excessive stack usage, possible
|
||||
security issues, duplication of code found elsewhere, adequate
|
||||
documentation, adverse effects on performance, user-space ABI changes, etc.
|
||||
All types of review, if they lead to better code going into the kernel, are
|
||||
welcome and worthwhile.
|
||||
|
||||
|
74
Documentation/development-process/8.Conclusion
Normal file
74
Documentation/development-process/8.Conclusion
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
|
||||
8: FOR MORE INFORMATION
|
||||
|
||||
There are numerous sources of information on Linux kernel development and
|
||||
related topics. First among those will always be the Documentation
|
||||
directory found in the kernel source distribution. The top-level HOWTO
|
||||
file is an important starting point; SubmittingPatches and
|
||||
SubmittingDrivers are also something which all kernel developers should
|
||||
read. Many internal kernel APIs are documented using the kerneldoc
|
||||
mechanism; "make htmldocs" or "make pdfdocs" can be used to generate those
|
||||
documents in HTML or PDF format (though the version of TeX shipped by some
|
||||
distributions runs into internal limits and fails to process the documents
|
||||
properly).
|
||||
|
||||
Various web sites discuss kernel development at all levels of detail. Your
|
||||
author would like to humbly suggest http://lwn.net/ as a source;
|
||||
information on many specific kernel topics can be found via the LWN kernel
|
||||
index at:
|
||||
|
||||
http://lwn.net/Kernel/Index/
|
||||
|
||||
Beyond that, a valuable resource for kernel developers is:
|
||||
|
||||
http://kernelnewbies.org/
|
||||
|
||||
Information about the linux-next tree gathers at:
|
||||
|
||||
http://linux.f-seidel.de/linux-next/pmwiki/
|
||||
|
||||
And, of course, one should not forget http://kernel.org/, the definitive
|
||||
location for kernel release information.
|
||||
|
||||
There are a number of books on kernel development:
|
||||
|
||||
Linux Device Drivers, 3rd Edition (Jonathan Corbet, Alessandro
|
||||
Rubini, and Greg Kroah-Hartman). Online at
|
||||
http://lwn.net/Kernel/LDD3/.
|
||||
|
||||
Linux Kernel Development (Robert Love).
|
||||
|
||||
Understanding the Linux Kernel (Daniel Bovet and Marco Cesati).
|
||||
|
||||
All of these books suffer from a common fault, though: they tend to be
|
||||
somewhat obsolete by the time they hit the shelves, and they have been on
|
||||
the shelves for a while now. Still, there is quite a bit of good
|
||||
information to be found there.
|
||||
|
||||
Documentation for git can be found at:
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/docs/
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/docs/user-manual.html
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
9: CONCLUSION
|
||||
|
||||
Congratulations to anybody who has made it through this long-winded
|
||||
document. Hopefully it has provided a helpful understanding of how the
|
||||
Linux kernel is developed and how you can participate in that process.
|
||||
|
||||
In the end, it's the participation that matters. Any open source software
|
||||
project is no more than the sum of what its contributors put into it. The
|
||||
Linux kernel has progressed as quickly and as well as it has because it has
|
||||
been helped by an impressively large group of developers, all of whom are
|
||||
working to make it better. The kernel is a premier example of what can be
|
||||
done when thousands of people work together toward a common goal.
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel can always benefit from a larger developer base, though. There
|
||||
is always more work to do. But, just as importantly, most other
|
||||
participants in the Linux ecosystem can benefit through contributing to the
|
||||
kernel. Getting code into the mainline is the key to higher code quality,
|
||||
lower maintenance and distribution costs, a higher level of influence over
|
||||
the direction of kernel development, and more. It is a situation where
|
||||
everybody involved wins. Fire up your editor and come join us; you will be
|
||||
more than welcome.
|
@ -2571,6 +2571,9 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated.
|
||||
160 = /dev/usb/legousbtower0 1st USB Legotower device
|
||||
...
|
||||
175 = /dev/usb/legousbtower15 16th USB Legotower device
|
||||
176 = /dev/usb/usbtmc1 First USB TMC device
|
||||
...
|
||||
192 = /dev/usb/usbtmc16 16th USB TMC device
|
||||
240 = /dev/usb/dabusb0 First daubusb device
|
||||
...
|
||||
243 = /dev/usb/dabusb3 Fourth dabusb device
|
||||
|
@ -2,11 +2,13 @@
|
||||
*.aux
|
||||
*.bin
|
||||
*.cpio
|
||||
*.css
|
||||
*.csp
|
||||
*.dsp
|
||||
*.dvi
|
||||
*.elf
|
||||
*.eps
|
||||
*.fw.gen.S
|
||||
*.fw
|
||||
*.gen.S
|
||||
*.gif
|
||||
*.grep
|
||||
*.grp
|
||||
@ -30,6 +32,7 @@
|
||||
*.s
|
||||
*.sgml
|
||||
*.so
|
||||
*.so.dbg
|
||||
*.symtypes
|
||||
*.tab.c
|
||||
*.tab.h
|
||||
@ -38,24 +41,17 @@
|
||||
*.xml
|
||||
*_MODULES
|
||||
*_vga16.c
|
||||
*cscope*
|
||||
*~
|
||||
*.9
|
||||
*.9.gz
|
||||
.*
|
||||
.cscope
|
||||
.gitignore
|
||||
.mailmap
|
||||
.mm
|
||||
53c700_d.h
|
||||
53c8xx_d.h*
|
||||
COPYING
|
||||
CREDITS
|
||||
CVS
|
||||
ChangeSet
|
||||
Image
|
||||
Kerntypes
|
||||
MODS.txt
|
||||
Module.markers
|
||||
Module.symvers
|
||||
PENDING
|
||||
SCCS
|
||||
@ -73,7 +69,9 @@ autoconf.h*
|
||||
bbootsect
|
||||
bin2c
|
||||
binkernel.spec
|
||||
binoffset
|
||||
bootsect
|
||||
bounds.h
|
||||
bsetup
|
||||
btfixupprep
|
||||
build
|
||||
@ -89,39 +87,36 @@ config_data.h*
|
||||
config_data.gz*
|
||||
conmakehash
|
||||
consolemap_deftbl.c*
|
||||
cpustr.h
|
||||
crc32table.h*
|
||||
cscope.*
|
||||
defkeymap.c*
|
||||
defkeymap.c
|
||||
devlist.h*
|
||||
docproc
|
||||
dummy_sym.c*
|
||||
elf2ecoff
|
||||
elfconfig.h*
|
||||
filelist
|
||||
fixdep
|
||||
fore200e_mkfirm
|
||||
fore200e_pca_fw.c*
|
||||
gconf
|
||||
gen-devlist
|
||||
gen-kdb_cmds.c*
|
||||
gen_crc32table
|
||||
gen_init_cpio
|
||||
genksyms
|
||||
gentbl
|
||||
*_gray256.c
|
||||
ihex2fw
|
||||
ikconfig.h*
|
||||
initramfs_data.cpio
|
||||
initramfs_data.cpio.gz
|
||||
initramfs_list
|
||||
kallsyms
|
||||
kconfig
|
||||
kconfig.tk
|
||||
keywords.c*
|
||||
keywords.c
|
||||
ksym.c*
|
||||
ksym.h*
|
||||
kxgettext
|
||||
lkc_defs.h
|
||||
lex.c*
|
||||
lex.c
|
||||
lex.*.c
|
||||
logo_*.c
|
||||
logo_*_clut224.c
|
||||
@ -130,7 +125,6 @@ lxdialog
|
||||
mach-types
|
||||
mach-types.h
|
||||
machtypes.h
|
||||
make_times_h
|
||||
map
|
||||
maui_boot.h
|
||||
mconf
|
||||
@ -138,6 +132,7 @@ miboot*
|
||||
mk_elfconfig
|
||||
mkboot
|
||||
mkbugboot
|
||||
mkcpustr
|
||||
mkdep
|
||||
mkprep
|
||||
mktables
|
||||
@ -145,11 +140,12 @@ mktree
|
||||
modpost
|
||||
modules.order
|
||||
modversions.h*
|
||||
ncscope.*
|
||||
offset.h
|
||||
offsets.h
|
||||
oui.c*
|
||||
parse.c*
|
||||
parse.h*
|
||||
parse.c
|
||||
parse.h
|
||||
patches*
|
||||
pca200e.bin
|
||||
pca200e_ecd.bin2
|
||||
@ -157,7 +153,7 @@ piggy.gz
|
||||
piggyback
|
||||
pnmtologo
|
||||
ppc_defs.h*
|
||||
promcon_tbl.c*
|
||||
promcon_tbl.c
|
||||
pss_boot.h
|
||||
qconf
|
||||
raid6altivec*.c
|
||||
@ -168,27 +164,38 @@ series
|
||||
setup
|
||||
setup.bin
|
||||
setup.elf
|
||||
sim710_d.h*
|
||||
sImage
|
||||
sm_tbl*
|
||||
split-include
|
||||
syscalltab.h
|
||||
tags
|
||||
tftpboot.img
|
||||
timeconst.h
|
||||
times.h*
|
||||
tkparse
|
||||
trix_boot.h
|
||||
utsrelease.h*
|
||||
vdso-syms.lds
|
||||
vdso.lds
|
||||
vdso32-int80-syms.lds
|
||||
vdso32-syms.lds
|
||||
vdso32-syscall-syms.lds
|
||||
vdso32-sysenter-syms.lds
|
||||
vdso32.lds
|
||||
vdso32.so.dbg
|
||||
vdso64.lds
|
||||
vdso64.so.dbg
|
||||
version.h*
|
||||
vmlinux
|
||||
vmlinux-*
|
||||
vmlinux.aout
|
||||
vmlinux*.lds*
|
||||
vmlinux*.scr
|
||||
vmlinux.lds
|
||||
vsyscall.lds
|
||||
vsyscall_32.lds
|
||||
wanxlfw.inc
|
||||
uImage
|
||||
unifdef
|
||||
wakeup.bin
|
||||
wakeup.elf
|
||||
wakeup.lds
|
||||
zImage*
|
||||
zconf.hash.c
|
||||
|
@ -213,4 +213,29 @@ TkRat (GUI)
|
||||
|
||||
Works. Use "Insert file..." or external editor.
|
||||
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
Gmail (Web GUI)
|
||||
|
||||
If you just have to use Gmail to send patches, it CAN be made to work. It
|
||||
requires a bit of external help, though.
|
||||
|
||||
The first problem is that Gmail converts tabs to spaces. This will
|
||||
totally break your patches. To prevent this, you have to use a different
|
||||
editor. There is a firefox extension called "ViewSourceWith"
|
||||
(https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/394) which allows you to
|
||||
edit any text box in the editor of your choice. Configure it to launch
|
||||
your favorite editor. When you want to send a patch, use this technique.
|
||||
Once you have crafted your messsage + patch, save and exit the editor,
|
||||
which should reload the Gmail edit box. GMAIL WILL PRESERVE THE TABS.
|
||||
Hoorah. Apparently you can cut-n-paste literal tabs, but Gmail will
|
||||
convert those to spaces upon sending!
|
||||
|
||||
The second problem is that Gmail converts tabs to spaces on replies. If
|
||||
you reply to a patch, don't expect to be able to apply it as a patch.
|
||||
|
||||
The last problem is that Gmail will base64-encode any message that has a
|
||||
non-ASCII character. That includes things like European names. Be aware.
|
||||
|
||||
Gmail is not convenient for lkml patches, but CAN be made to work.
|
||||
|
||||
###
|
||||
|
@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ graphics devices. These would include:
|
||||
Intel 915GM
|
||||
Intel 945G
|
||||
Intel 945GM
|
||||
Intel 945GME
|
||||
Intel 965G
|
||||
Intel 965GM
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ are either given on the kernel command line or as module parameters, e.g.:
|
||||
|
||||
video=uvesafb:1024x768-32,mtrr:3,ywrap (compiled into the kernel)
|
||||
|
||||
# modprobe uvesafb mode=1024x768-32 mtrr=3 scroll=ywrap (module)
|
||||
# modprobe uvesafb mode_option=1024x768-32 mtrr=3 scroll=ywrap (module)
|
||||
|
||||
Accepted options:
|
||||
|
||||
@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ vtotal:n
|
||||
<mode> The mode you want to set, in the standard modedb format. Refer to
|
||||
modedb.txt for a detailed description. When uvesafb is compiled as
|
||||
a module, the mode string should be provided as a value of the
|
||||
'mode' option.
|
||||
'mode_option' option.
|
||||
|
||||
vbemode:x
|
||||
Force the use of VBE mode x. The mode will only be set if it's
|
||||
|
870
Documentation/fb/viafb.modes
Normal file
870
Documentation/fb/viafb.modes
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,870 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# These data are based on the CRTC parameters in
|
||||
#
|
||||
# VIA Integration Graphics Chip
|
||||
# (C) 2004 VIA Technologies Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 640x480, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (25.175 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 640 480
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 31.469 kHz 59.94 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 3.813 us 0.064 ms
|
||||
# 12 chars 2 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.636 us 0.318 ms
|
||||
# 2 chars 10 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 1.907 us 1.048 ms
|
||||
# 6 chars 33 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 25.422 us 15.253 ms
|
||||
# 80 chars 480 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 6.356 us 1.430 ms
|
||||
# 20 chars 45 lines
|
||||
# Polarity negative negative
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
mode "640x480-60"
|
||||
# D: 25.175 MHz, H: 31.469 kHz, V: 59.94 Hz
|
||||
geometry 640 480 640 480 32
|
||||
timings 39722 48 16 33 10 96 2 endmode mode "480x640-60"
|
||||
# D: 24.823 MHz, H: 39.780 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 480 640 480 640 32 timings 39722 72 24 19 1 48 3 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 640x480, 75 Hz, Non-Interlaced (31.50 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 640 480
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 37.500 kHz 75.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 2.032 us 0.080 ms
|
||||
# 8 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.508 us 0.027 ms
|
||||
# 2 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 3.810 us 0.427 ms
|
||||
# 15 chars 16 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 20.317 us 12.800 ms
|
||||
# 80 chars 480 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 6.349 us 0.533 ms
|
||||
# 25 chars 20 lines
|
||||
# Polarity negative negative
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "640x480-75"
|
||||
# D: 31.50 MHz, H: 37.500 kHz, V: 75.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 640 480 640 480 32 timings 31747 120 16 16 1 64 3 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 640x480, 85 Hz, Non-Interlaced (36.000 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 640 480
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 43.269 kHz 85.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.556 us 0.069 ms
|
||||
# 7 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 1.556 us 0.023 ms
|
||||
# 7 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 2.222 us 0.578 ms
|
||||
# 10 chars 25 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 17.778 us 11.093 ms
|
||||
# 80 chars 480 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 5.333 us 0.670 ms
|
||||
# 24 chars 29 lines
|
||||
# Polarity negative negative
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "640x480-85"
|
||||
# D: 36.000 MHz, H: 43.269 kHz, V: 85.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 640 480 640 480 32 timings 27777 80 56 25 1 56 3 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 640x480, 100 Hz, Non-Interlaced (43.163 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 640 480
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 50.900 kHz 100.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.483 us 0.058 ms
|
||||
# 8 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.927 us 0.019 ms
|
||||
# 5 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 2.409 us 0.475 ms
|
||||
# 13 chars 25 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 14.827 us 9.430 ms
|
||||
# 80 chars 480 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 4.819 us 0.570 ms
|
||||
# 26 chars 29 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "640x480-100"
|
||||
# D: 43.163 MHz, H: 50.900 kHz, V: 100.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 640 480 640 480 32 timings 23168 104 40 25 1 64 3 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 640x480, 120 Hz, Non-Interlaced (52.406 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 640 480
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 61.800 kHz 120.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.221 us 0.048 ms
|
||||
# 8 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.763 us 0.016 ms
|
||||
# 5 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 1.984 us 0.496 ms
|
||||
# 13 chars 31 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 12.212 us 7.767 ms
|
||||
# 80 chars 480 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 3.969 us 0.566 ms
|
||||
# 26 chars 35 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "640x480-120"
|
||||
# D: 52.406 MHz, H: 61.800 kHz, V: 120.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 640 480 640 480 32 timings 19081 104 40 31 1 64 3 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 720x480, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (26.880 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 720 480
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 30.000 kHz 60.241 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 2.679 us 0.099 ms
|
||||
# 9 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.595 us 0.033 ms
|
||||
# 2 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 3.274 us 0.462 ms
|
||||
# 11 chars 14 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 26.786 us 16.000 ms
|
||||
# 90 chars 480 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 6.548 us 0.600 ms
|
||||
# 22 chars 18 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "720x480-60"
|
||||
# D: 26.880 MHz, H: 30.000 kHz, V: 60.24 Hz
|
||||
geometry 720 480 720 480 32 timings 37202 88 16 14 1 72 3 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 800x480, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (29.581 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 800 480
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 29.892 kHz 60.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 2.704 us 100.604 us
|
||||
# 10 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.541 us 33.535 us
|
||||
# 2 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 3.245 us 435.949 us
|
||||
# 12 chars 13 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 27.044 us 16.097 ms
|
||||
# 100 chars 480 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 6.491 us 0.570 ms
|
||||
# 24 chars 17 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "800x480-60"
|
||||
# D: 29.500 MHz, H: 29.738 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 800 480 800 480 32 timings 33805 96 24 10 3 72 7 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 720x576, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (32.668 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 720 576
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 35.820 kHz 60.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 2.204 us 0.083 ms
|
||||
# 9 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.735 us 0.027 ms
|
||||
# 3 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 2.939 us 0.459 ms
|
||||
# 12 chars 17 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 22.040 us 16.080 ms
|
||||
# 90 chars 476 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 5.877 us 0.586 ms
|
||||
# 24 chars 21 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "720x576-60"
|
||||
# D: 32.668 MHz, H: 35.820 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 720 576 720 576 32 timings 30611 96 24 17 1 72 3 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 800x600, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (40.00 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 800 600
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 37.879 kHz 60.32 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 3.200 us 0.106 ms
|
||||
# 16 chars 4 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 1.000 us 0.026 ms
|
||||
# 5 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 2.200 us 0.607 ms
|
||||
# 11 chars 23 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 20.000 us 15.840 ms
|
||||
# 100 chars 600 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 6.400 us 0.739 ms
|
||||
# 32 chars 28 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "800x600-60"
|
||||
# D: 40.00 MHz, H: 37.879 kHz, V: 60.32 Hz
|
||||
geometry 800 600 800 600 32
|
||||
timings 25000 88 40 23 1 128 4 hsync high vsync high endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 800x600, 75 Hz, Non-Interlaced (49.50 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 800 600
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 46.875 kHz 75.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.616 us 0.064 ms
|
||||
# 10 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.323 us 0.021 ms
|
||||
# 2 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 3.232 us 0.448 ms
|
||||
# 20 chars 21 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 16.162 us 12.800 ms
|
||||
# 100 chars 600 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 5.172 us 0.533 ms
|
||||
# 32 chars 25 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "800x600-75"
|
||||
# D: 49.50 MHz, H: 46.875 kHz, V: 75.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 800 600 800 600 32
|
||||
timings 20203 160 16 21 1 80 3 hsync high vsync high endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 800x600, 85 Hz, Non-Interlaced (56.25 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 800 600
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 53.674 kHz 85.061 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.138 us 0.056 ms
|
||||
# 8 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.569 us 0.019 ms
|
||||
# 4 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 2.702 us 0.503 ms
|
||||
# 19 chars 27 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 14.222 us 11.179 ms
|
||||
# 100 chars 600 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 4.409 us 0.578 ms
|
||||
# 31 chars 31 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "800x600-85"
|
||||
# D: 56.25 MHz, H: 53.674 kHz, V: 85.061 Hz
|
||||
geometry 800 600 800 600 32
|
||||
timings 17777 152 32 27 1 64 3 hsync high vsync high endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 800x600, 100 Hz, Non-Interlaced (67.50 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 800 600
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 62.500 kHz 100.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 0.948 us 0.064 ms
|
||||
# 8 chars 4 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.000 us 0.112 ms
|
||||
# 0 chars 7 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 3.200 us 0.224 ms
|
||||
# 27 chars 14 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 11.852 us 9.600 ms
|
||||
# 100 chars 600 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 4.148 us 0.400 ms
|
||||
# 35 chars 25 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "800x600-100"
|
||||
# D: 67.50 MHz, H: 62.500 kHz, V: 100.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 800 600 800 600 32
|
||||
timings 14667 216 0 14 7 64 4 hsync high vsync high endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 800x600, 120 Hz, Non-Interlaced (83.950 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 800 600
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 77.160 kHz 120.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.048 us 0.039 ms
|
||||
# 11 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.667 us 0.013 ms
|
||||
# 7 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 1.715 us 0.507 ms
|
||||
# 18 chars 39 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 9.529 us 7.776 ms
|
||||
# 100 chars 600 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 3.431 us 0.557 ms
|
||||
# 36 chars 43 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "800x600-120"
|
||||
# D: 83.950 MHz, H: 77.160 kHz, V: 120.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 800 600 800 600 32
|
||||
timings 11912 144 56 39 1 88 3 hsync high vsync high endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 848x480, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (31.490 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 848 480
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 29.820 kHz 60.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 2.795 us 0.099 ms
|
||||
# 11 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.508 us 0.033 ms
|
||||
# 2 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 3.303 us 0.429 ms
|
||||
# 13 chars 13 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 26.929 us 16.097 ms
|
||||
# 106 chars 480 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 6.605 us 0.570 ms
|
||||
# 26 chars 17 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "848x480-60"
|
||||
# D: 31.500 MHz, H: 29.830 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 848 480 848 480 32
|
||||
timings 31746 104 24 12 3 80 5 hsync high vsync high endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 856x480, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (31.728 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 856 480
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 29.820 kHz 60.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 2.774 us 0.099 ms
|
||||
# 11 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.504 us 0.033 ms
|
||||
# 2 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 3.728 us 0.429 ms
|
||||
# 13 chars 13 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 26.979 us 16.097 ms
|
||||
# 107 chars 480 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 6.556 us 0.570 ms
|
||||
# 26 chars 17 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "856x480-60"
|
||||
# D: 31.728 MHz, H: 29.820 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 856 480 856 480 32
|
||||
timings 31518 104 16 13 1 88 3
|
||||
hsync high vsync high endmode mode "960x600-60"
|
||||
# D: 45.250 MHz, H: 37.212 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 960 600 960 600 32 timings 22099 128 32 15 3 96 6 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1000x600, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (48.068 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1000 600
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 37.320 kHz 60.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 2.164 us 0.080 ms
|
||||
# 13 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.832 us 0.027 ms
|
||||
# 5 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 2.996 us 0.483 ms
|
||||
# 18 chars 18 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 20.804 us 16.077 ms
|
||||
# 125 chars 600 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 5.991 us 0.589 ms
|
||||
# 36 chars 22 lines
|
||||
# Polarity negative positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1000x600-60"
|
||||
# D: 48.068 MHz, H: 37.320 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1000 600 1000 600 32
|
||||
timings 20834 144 40 18 1 104 3 endmode mode "1024x576-60"
|
||||
# D: 46.996 MHz, H: 35.820 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1024 576 1024 576 32
|
||||
timings 21278 144 40 17 1 104 3 endmode mode "1024x600-60"
|
||||
# D: 48.964 MHz, H: 37.320 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1024 600 1024 600 32
|
||||
timings 20461 144 40 18 1 104 3 endmode mode "1088x612-60"
|
||||
# D: 52.952 MHz, H: 38.040 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1088 612 1088 612 32 timings 18877 152 48 16 3 104 5 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1024x512, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (41.291 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1024 512
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 31.860 kHz 60.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 2.519 us 0.094 ms
|
||||
# 13 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.775 us 0.031 ms
|
||||
# 4 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 3.294 us 0.465 ms
|
||||
# 17 chars 15 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 24.800 us 16.070 ms
|
||||
# 128 chars 512 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 6.587 us 0.596 ms
|
||||
# 34 chars 19 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1024x512-60"
|
||||
# D: 41.291 MHz, H: 31.860 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1024 512 1024 512 32
|
||||
timings 24218 126 32 15 1 104 3 hsync high vsync high endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1024x600, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (48.875 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1024 768
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 37.252 kHz 60.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 2.128 us 80.532us
|
||||
# 13 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.818 us 26.844 us
|
||||
# 5 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 2.946 us 483.192 us
|
||||
# 18 chars 18 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 20.951 us 16.697 ms
|
||||
# 128 chars 622 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 5.893 us 0.591 ms
|
||||
# 36 chars 22 lines
|
||||
# Polarity negative positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
#mode "1024x600-60"
|
||||
# # D: 48.875 MHz, H: 37.252 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
# geometry 1024 600 1024 600 32
|
||||
# timings 20460 144 40 18 1 104 3
|
||||
# endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1024x768, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (65.00 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1024 768
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 48.363 kHz 60.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 2.092 us 0.124 ms
|
||||
# 17 chars 6 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.369 us 0.062 ms
|
||||
# 3 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 2.462 us 0.601 ms
|
||||
# 20 chars 29 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 15.754 us 15.880 ms
|
||||
# 128 chars 768 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 4.923 us 0.786 ms
|
||||
# 40 chars 38 lines
|
||||
# Polarity negative negative
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1024x768-60"
|
||||
# D: 65.00 MHz, H: 48.363 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1024 768 1024 768 32 timings 15385 160 24 29 3 136 6 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1024x768, 75 Hz, Non-Interlaced (78.75 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1024 768
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 60.023 kHz 75.03 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.219 us 0.050 ms
|
||||
# 12 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.203 us 0.017 ms
|
||||
# 2 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 2.235 us 0.466 ms
|
||||
# 22 chars 28 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 13.003 us 12.795 ms
|
||||
# 128 chars 768 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 3.657 us 0.533 ms
|
||||
# 36 chars 32 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1024x768-75"
|
||||
# D: 78.75 MHz, H: 60.023 kHz, V: 75.03 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1024 768 1024 768 32
|
||||
timings 12699 176 16 28 1 96 3 hsync high vsync high endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1024x768, 85 Hz, Non-Interlaced (94.50 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1024 768
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 68.677 kHz 85.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.016 us 0.044 ms
|
||||
# 12 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.508 us 0.015 ms
|
||||
# 6 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 2.201 us 0.524 ms
|
||||
# 26 chars 36 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 10.836 us 11.183 ms
|
||||
# 128 chars 768 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 3.725 us 0.582 ms
|
||||
# 44 chars 40 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1024x768-85"
|
||||
# D: 94.50 MHz, H: 68.677 kHz, V: 85.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1024 768 1024 768 32
|
||||
timings 10582 208 48 36 1 96 3 hsync high vsync high endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1024x768, 100 Hz, Non-Interlaced (110.0 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1024 768
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 79.023 kHz 99.78 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 0.800 us 0.101 ms
|
||||
# 11 chars 8 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.000 us 0.000 ms
|
||||
# 0 chars 0 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 2.545 us 0.202 ms
|
||||
# 35 chars 16 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 9.309 us 9.719 ms
|
||||
# 128 chars 768 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 3.345 us 0.304 ms
|
||||
# 46 chars 24 lines
|
||||
# Polarity negative negative
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1024x768-100"
|
||||
# D: 113.3 MHz, H: 79.023 kHz, V: 99.78 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1024 768 1024 768 32
|
||||
timings 8825 280 0 16 0 88 8 endmode mode "1152x720-60"
|
||||
# D: 66.750 MHz, H: 44.859 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1152 720 1152 720 32 timings 14981 168 56 19 3 112 6 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1152x864, 75 Hz, Non-Interlaced (110.0 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1152 864
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 75.137 kHz 74.99 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.309 us 0.106 ms
|
||||
# 18 chars 8 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.245 us 0.599 ms
|
||||
# 3 chars 45 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 1.282 us 1.132 ms
|
||||
# 18 chars 85 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 10.473 us 11.499 ms
|
||||
# 144 chars 864 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 2.836 us 1.837 ms
|
||||
# 39 chars 138 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1152x864-75"
|
||||
# D: 110.0 MHz, H: 75.137 kHz, V: 74.99 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1152 864 1152 864 32
|
||||
timings 9259 144 24 85 45 144 8
|
||||
hsync high vsync high endmode mode "1200x720-60"
|
||||
# D: 70.184 MHz, H: 44.760 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1200 720 1200 720 32
|
||||
timings 14253 184 28 22 1 128 3 endmode mode "1280x600-60"
|
||||
# D: 61.503 MHz, H: 37.320 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1280 600 1280 600 32
|
||||
timings 16260 184 28 18 1 128 3 endmode mode "1280x720-50"
|
||||
# D: 60.466 MHz, H: 37.050 kHz, V: 50.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1280 720 1280 720 32
|
||||
timings 16538 176 48 17 1 128 3 endmode mode "1280x768-50"
|
||||
# D: 65.178 MHz, H: 39.550 kHz, V: 50.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1280 768 1280 768 32 timings 15342 184 28 19 1 128 3 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1280x768, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (80.136 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1280 768
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 47.700 kHz 60.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.697 us 0.063 ms
|
||||
# 17 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.799 us 0.021 ms
|
||||
# 8 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 2.496 us 0.483 ms
|
||||
# 25 chars 23 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 15.973 us 16.101 ms
|
||||
# 160 chars 768 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 4.992 us 0.566 ms
|
||||
# 50 chars 27 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1280x768-60"
|
||||
# D: 80.13 MHz, H: 47.700 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1280 768 1280 768 32
|
||||
timings 12480 200 48 23 1 126 3 hsync high vsync high endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1280x800, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (83.375 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1280 800
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 49.628 kHz 60.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.631 us 60.450 us
|
||||
# 17 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.768 us 20.15 us
|
||||
# 8 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 2.399 us 0.483 ms
|
||||
# 25 chars 24 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 15.352 us 16.120 ms
|
||||
# 160 chars 800 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 4.798 us 0.564 ms
|
||||
# 50 chars 28 lines
|
||||
# Polarity negtive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1280x800-60"
|
||||
# D: 83.500 MHz, H: 49.702 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1280 800 1280 800 32 timings 11994 200 72 22 3 128 6 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1280x960, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (108.00 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1280 960
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 60.000 kHz 60.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.037 us 0.050 ms
|
||||
# 14 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.889 us 0.017 ms
|
||||
# 12 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 2.889 us 0.600 ms
|
||||
# 39 chars 36 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 11.852 us 16.000 ms
|
||||
# 160 chars 960 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 4.815 us 0.667 ms
|
||||
# 65 chars 40 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1280x960-60"
|
||||
# D: 108.00 MHz, H: 60.000 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1280 960 1280 960 32
|
||||
timings 9259 312 96 36 1 112 3 hsync high vsync high endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1280x1024, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (108.00 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1280 1024
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 63.981 kHz 60.02 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.037 us 0.047 ms
|
||||
# 14 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.444 us 0.015 ms
|
||||
# 6 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 2.297 us 0.594 ms
|
||||
# 31 chars 38 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 11.852 us 16.005 ms
|
||||
# 160 chars 1024 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 3.778 us 0.656 ms
|
||||
# 51 chars 42 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1280x1024-60"
|
||||
# D: 108.00 MHz, H: 63.981 kHz, V: 60.02 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1280 1024 1280 1024 32
|
||||
timings 9260 248 48 38 1 112 3 hsync high vsync high endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1280x1024, 75 Hz, Non-Interlaced (135.00 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1280 1024
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 79.976 kHz 75.02 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.067 us 0.038 ms
|
||||
# 18 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.119 us 0.012 ms
|
||||
# 2 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 1.837 us 0.475 ms
|
||||
# 31 chars 38 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 9.481 us 12.804 ms
|
||||
# 160 chars 1024 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 3.022 us 0.525 ms
|
||||
# 51 chars 42 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1280x1024-75"
|
||||
# D: 135.00 MHz, H: 79.976 kHz, V: 75.02 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1280 1024 1280 1024 32
|
||||
timings 7408 248 16 38 1 144 3 hsync high vsync high endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1280x1024, 85 Hz, Non-Interlaced (157.50 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1280 1024
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 91.146 kHz 85.02 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.016 us 0.033 ms
|
||||
# 20 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.406 us 0.011 ms
|
||||
# 8 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 1.422 us 0.483 ms
|
||||
# 28 chars 44 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 8.127 us 11.235 ms
|
||||
# 160 chars 1024 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 2.844 us 0.527 ms
|
||||
# 56 chars 48 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1280x1024-85"
|
||||
# D: 157.50 MHz, H: 91.146 kHz, V: 85.02 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1280 1024 1280 1024 32
|
||||
timings 6349 224 64 44 1 160 3
|
||||
hsync high vsync high endmode mode "1440x900-60"
|
||||
# D: 106.500 MHz, H: 55.935 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1440 900 1440 900 32
|
||||
timings 9390 232 80 25 3 152 6
|
||||
hsync high vsync high endmode mode "1440x900-75"
|
||||
# D: 136.750 MHz, H: 70.635 kHz, V: 75.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1440 900 1440 900 32
|
||||
timings 7315 248 96 33 3 152 6 hsync high vsync high endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1440x1050, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (125.10 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1440 1050
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 65.220 kHz 60.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.204 us 0.046 ms
|
||||
# 19 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.760 us 0.015 ms
|
||||
# 12 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 1.964 us 0.495 ms
|
||||
# 31 chars 33 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 11.405 us 16.099 ms
|
||||
# 180 chars 1050 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 3.928 us 0.567 ms
|
||||
# 62 chars 37 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1440x1050-60"
|
||||
# D: 125.10 MHz, H: 65.220 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1440 1050 1440 1050 32
|
||||
timings 7993 248 96 33 1 152 3
|
||||
hsync high vsync high endmode mode "1600x900-60"
|
||||
# D: 118.250 MHz, H: 55.990 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1600 900 1600 900 32
|
||||
timings 8415 256 88 26 3 168 5 endmode mode "1600x1024-60"
|
||||
# D: 136.358 MHz, H: 63.600 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1600 1024 1600 1024 32 timings 7315 272 104 32 1 168 3 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1600x1200, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (156.00 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1600 1200
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 76.200 kHz 60.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.026 us 0.105 ms
|
||||
# 20 chars 8 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.205 us 0.131 ms
|
||||
# 4 chars 10 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 1.636 us 0.682 ms
|
||||
# 32 chars 52 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 10.256 us 15.748 ms
|
||||
# 200 chars 1200 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 2.872 us 0.866 ms
|
||||
# 56 chars 66 lines
|
||||
# Polarity negative negative
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1600x1200-60"
|
||||
# D: 156.00 MHz, H: 76.200 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1600 1200 1600 1200 32 timings 6172 256 32 52 10 160 8 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1600x1200, 75 Hz, Non-Interlaced (202.50 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1600 1200
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 93.750 kHz 75.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 0.948 us 0.032 ms
|
||||
# 24 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.316 us 0.011 ms
|
||||
# 8 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 1.501 us 0.491 ms
|
||||
# 38 chars 46 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 7.901 us 12.800 ms
|
||||
# 200 chars 1200 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 2.765 us 0.533 ms
|
||||
# 70 chars 50 lines
|
||||
# Polarity positive positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1600x1200-75"
|
||||
# D: 202.50 MHz, H: 93.750 kHz, V: 75.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1600 1200 1600 1200 32
|
||||
timings 4938 304 64 46 1 192 3
|
||||
hsync high vsync high endmode mode "1680x1050-60"
|
||||
# D: 146.250 MHz, H: 65.290 kHz, V: 59.954 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1680 1050 1680 1050 32
|
||||
timings 6814 280 104 30 3 176 6
|
||||
hsync high vsync high endmode mode "1680x1050-75"
|
||||
# D: 187.000 MHz, H: 82.306 kHz, V: 74.892 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1680 1050 1680 1050 32
|
||||
timings 5348 296 120 40 3 176 6
|
||||
hsync high vsync high endmode mode "1792x1344-60"
|
||||
# D: 202.975 MHz, H: 83.460 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1792 1344 1792 1344 32
|
||||
timings 4902 320 128 43 1 192 3
|
||||
hsync high vsync high endmode mode "1856x1392-60"
|
||||
# D: 218.571 MHz, H: 86.460 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1856 1392 1856 1392 32
|
||||
timings 4577 336 136 45 1 200 3
|
||||
hsync high vsync high endmode mode "1920x1200-60"
|
||||
# D: 193.250 MHz, H: 74.556 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1920 1200 1920 1200 32
|
||||
timings 5173 336 136 36 3 200 6
|
||||
hsync high vsync high endmode mode "1920x1440-60"
|
||||
# D: 234.000 MHz, H:90.000 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1920 1440 1920 1440 32
|
||||
timings 4274 344 128 56 1 208 3
|
||||
hsync high vsync high endmode mode "1920x1440-75"
|
||||
# D: 297.000 MHz, H:112.500 kHz, V: 75.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1920 1440 1920 1440 32
|
||||
timings 3367 352 144 56 1 224 3
|
||||
hsync high vsync high endmode mode "2048x1536-60"
|
||||
# D: 267.250 MHz, H: 95.446 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 2048 1536 2048 1536 32
|
||||
timings 3742 376 152 49 3 224 4 hsync high vsync high endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1280x720, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (74.481 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1280 720
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 44.760 kHz 60.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.826 us 67.024 ms
|
||||
# 17 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.752 us 22.341 ms
|
||||
# 7 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 2.578 us 491.510 ms
|
||||
# 24 chars 22 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 17.186 us 16.086 ms
|
||||
# 160 chars 720 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 5.156 us 0.581 ms
|
||||
# 48 chars 26 lines
|
||||
# Polarity negative negative
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1280x720-60"
|
||||
# D: 74.481 MHz, H: 44.760 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1280 720 1280 720 32 timings 13426 192 64 22 1 136 3 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1920x1080, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (172.798 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1920 1080
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 67.080 kHz 60.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.204 us 44.723 ms
|
||||
# 26 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.694 us 14.908 ms
|
||||
# 15 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 1.898 us 506.857 ms
|
||||
# 41 chars 34 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 11.111 us 16.100 ms
|
||||
# 240 chars 1080 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 3.796 us 0.566 ms
|
||||
# 82 chars 38 lines
|
||||
# Polarity negative negative
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1920x1080-60"
|
||||
# D: 74.481 MHz, H: 67.080 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1920 1080 1920 1080 32 timings 5787 328 120 34 1 208 3 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1400x1050, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (122.61 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1400 1050
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 65.218 kHz 59.99 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.037 us 0.047 ms
|
||||
# 19 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.444 us 0.015 ms
|
||||
# 11 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 1.185 us 0.188 ms
|
||||
# 30 chars 33 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 12.963 us 16.411 ms
|
||||
# 175 chars 1050 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 2.667 us 0.250 ms
|
||||
# 60 chars 37 lines
|
||||
# Polarity negative positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1400x1050-60"
|
||||
# D: 122.750 MHz, H: 65.317 kHz, V: 59.99 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1400 1050 1408 1050 32
|
||||
timings 8214 232 88 32 3 144 4 endmode mode "1400x1050-75"
|
||||
# D: 156.000 MHz, H: 82.278 kHz, V: 74.867 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1400 1050 1408 1050 32 timings 6410 248 104 42 3 144 4 endmode
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1366x768, 60 Hz, Non-Interlaced (85.86 MHz dotclock)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Horizontal Vertical
|
||||
# Resolution 1366 768
|
||||
# Scan Frequency 47.700 kHz 60.00 Hz
|
||||
# Sync Width 1.677 us 0.063 ms
|
||||
# 18 chars 3 lines
|
||||
# Front Porch 0.839 us 0.021 ms
|
||||
# 9 chars 1 lines
|
||||
# Back Porch 2.516 us 0.482 ms
|
||||
# 27 chars 23 lines
|
||||
# Active Time 15.933 us 16.101 ms
|
||||
# 171 chars 768 lines
|
||||
# Blank Time 5.031 us 0.566 ms
|
||||
# 54 chars 27 lines
|
||||
# Polarity negative positive
|
||||
#
|
||||
mode "1360x768-60"
|
||||
# D: 84.750 MHz, H: 47.720 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1360 768 1360 768 32
|
||||
timings 11799 208 72 22 3 136 5 endmode mode "1366x768-60"
|
||||
# D: 85.86 MHz, H: 47.700 kHz, V: 60.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1366 768 1366 768 32
|
||||
timings 11647 216 72 23 1 144 3 endmode mode "1366x768-50"
|
||||
# D: 69,924 MHz, H: 39.550 kHz, V: 50.00 Hz
|
||||
geometry 1366 768 1366 768 32 timings 14301 200 56 19 1 144 3 endmode
|
214
Documentation/fb/viafb.txt
Normal file
214
Documentation/fb/viafb.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
|
||||
|
||||
VIA Integration Graphic Chip Console Framebuffer Driver
|
||||
|
||||
[Platform]
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
The console framebuffer driver is for graphics chips of
|
||||
VIA UniChrome Family(CLE266, PM800 / CN400 / CN300,
|
||||
P4M800CE / P4M800Pro / CN700 / VN800,
|
||||
CX700 / VX700, K8M890, P4M890,
|
||||
CN896 / P4M900, VX800)
|
||||
|
||||
[Driver features]
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
Device: CRT, LCD, DVI
|
||||
|
||||
Support viafb_mode:
|
||||
CRT:
|
||||
640x480(60, 75, 85, 100, 120 Hz), 720x480(60 Hz),
|
||||
720x576(60 Hz), 800x600(60, 75, 85, 100, 120 Hz),
|
||||
848x480(60 Hz), 856x480(60 Hz), 1024x512(60 Hz),
|
||||
1024x768(60, 75, 85, 100 Hz), 1152x864(75 Hz),
|
||||
1280x768(60 Hz), 1280x960(60 Hz), 1280x1024(60, 75, 85 Hz),
|
||||
1440x1050(60 Hz), 1600x1200(60, 75 Hz), 1280x720(60 Hz),
|
||||
1920x1080(60 Hz), 1400x1050(60 Hz), 800x480(60 Hz)
|
||||
|
||||
color depth: 8 bpp, 16 bpp, 32 bpp supports.
|
||||
|
||||
Support 2D hardware accelerator.
|
||||
|
||||
[Using the viafb module]
|
||||
-- -- --------------------
|
||||
Start viafb with default settings:
|
||||
#modprobe viafb
|
||||
|
||||
Start viafb with with user options:
|
||||
#modprobe viafb viafb_mode=800x600 viafb_bpp=16 viafb_refresh=60
|
||||
viafb_active_dev=CRT+DVI viafb_dvi_port=DVP1
|
||||
viafb_mode1=1024x768 viafb_bpp=16 viafb_refresh1=60
|
||||
viafb_SAMM_ON=1
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_mode:
|
||||
640x480 (default)
|
||||
720x480
|
||||
800x600
|
||||
1024x768
|
||||
......
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_bpp:
|
||||
8, 16, 32 (default:32)
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_refresh:
|
||||
60, 75, 85, 100, 120 (default:60)
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_lcd_dsp_method:
|
||||
0 : expansion (default)
|
||||
1 : centering
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_lcd_mode:
|
||||
0 : LCD panel with LSB data format input (default)
|
||||
1 : LCD panel with MSB data format input
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_lcd_panel_id:
|
||||
0 : Resolution: 640x480, Channel: single, Dithering: Enable
|
||||
1 : Resolution: 800x600, Channel: single, Dithering: Enable
|
||||
2 : Resolution: 1024x768, Channel: single, Dithering: Enable (default)
|
||||
3 : Resolution: 1280x768, Channel: single, Dithering: Enable
|
||||
4 : Resolution: 1280x1024, Channel: dual, Dithering: Enable
|
||||
5 : Resolution: 1400x1050, Channel: dual, Dithering: Enable
|
||||
6 : Resolution: 1600x1200, Channel: dual, Dithering: Enable
|
||||
|
||||
8 : Resolution: 800x480, Channel: single, Dithering: Enable
|
||||
9 : Resolution: 1024x768, Channel: dual, Dithering: Enable
|
||||
10: Resolution: 1024x768, Channel: single, Dithering: Disable
|
||||
11: Resolution: 1024x768, Channel: dual, Dithering: Disable
|
||||
12: Resolution: 1280x768, Channel: single, Dithering: Disable
|
||||
13: Resolution: 1280x1024, Channel: dual, Dithering: Disable
|
||||
14: Resolution: 1400x1050, Channel: dual, Dithering: Disable
|
||||
15: Resolution: 1600x1200, Channel: dual, Dithering: Disable
|
||||
16: Resolution: 1366x768, Channel: single, Dithering: Disable
|
||||
17: Resolution: 1024x600, Channel: single, Dithering: Enable
|
||||
18: Resolution: 1280x768, Channel: dual, Dithering: Enable
|
||||
19: Resolution: 1280x800, Channel: single, Dithering: Enable
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_accel:
|
||||
0 : No 2D Hardware Acceleration
|
||||
1 : 2D Hardware Acceleration (default)
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_SAMM_ON:
|
||||
0 : viafb_SAMM_ON disable (default)
|
||||
1 : viafb_SAMM_ON enable
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_mode1: (secondary display device)
|
||||
640x480 (default)
|
||||
720x480
|
||||
800x600
|
||||
1024x768
|
||||
... ...
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_bpp1: (secondary display device)
|
||||
8, 16, 32 (default:32)
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_refresh1: (secondary display device)
|
||||
60, 75, 85, 100, 120 (default:60)
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_active_dev:
|
||||
This option is used to specify active devices.(CRT, DVI, CRT+LCD...)
|
||||
DVI stands for DVI or HDMI, E.g., If you want to enable HDMI,
|
||||
set viafb_active_dev=DVI. In SAMM case, the previous of
|
||||
viafb_active_dev is primary device, and the following is
|
||||
secondary device.
|
||||
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
To enable one device, such as DVI only, we can use:
|
||||
modprobe viafb viafb_active_dev=DVI
|
||||
To enable two devices, such as CRT+DVI:
|
||||
modprobe viafb viafb_active_dev=CRT+DVI;
|
||||
|
||||
For DuoView case, we can use:
|
||||
modprobe viafb viafb_active_dev=CRT+DVI
|
||||
OR
|
||||
modprobe viafb viafb_active_dev=DVI+CRT...
|
||||
|
||||
For SAMM case:
|
||||
If CRT is primary and DVI is secondary, we should use:
|
||||
modprobe viafb viafb_active_dev=CRT+DVI viafb_SAMM_ON=1...
|
||||
If DVI is primary and CRT is secondary, we should use:
|
||||
modprobe viafb viafb_active_dev=DVI+CRT viafb_SAMM_ON=1...
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_display_hardware_layout:
|
||||
This option is used to specify display hardware layout for CX700 chip.
|
||||
1 : LCD only
|
||||
2 : DVI only
|
||||
3 : LCD+DVI (default)
|
||||
4 : LCD1+LCD2 (internal + internal)
|
||||
16: LCD1+ExternalLCD2 (internal + external)
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_second_size:
|
||||
This option is used to set second device memory size(MB) in SAMM case.
|
||||
The minimal size is 16.
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_platform_epia_dvi:
|
||||
This option is used to enable DVI on EPIA - M
|
||||
0 : No DVI on EPIA - M (default)
|
||||
1 : DVI on EPIA - M
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_bus_width:
|
||||
When using 24 - Bit Bus Width Digital Interface,
|
||||
this option should be set.
|
||||
12: 12-Bit LVDS or 12-Bit TMDS (default)
|
||||
24: 24-Bit LVDS or 24-Bit TMDS
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_device_lcd_dualedge:
|
||||
When using Dual Edge Panel, this option should be set.
|
||||
0 : No Dual Edge Panel (default)
|
||||
1 : Dual Edge Panel
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_video_dev:
|
||||
This option is used to specify video output devices(CRT, DVI, LCD) for
|
||||
duoview case.
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
To output video on DVI, we should use:
|
||||
modprobe viafb viafb_video_dev=DVI...
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_lcd_port:
|
||||
This option is used to specify LCD output port,
|
||||
available values are "DVP0" "DVP1" "DFP_HIGHLOW" "DFP_HIGH" "DFP_LOW".
|
||||
for external LCD + external DVI on CX700(External LCD is on DVP0),
|
||||
we should use:
|
||||
modprobe viafb viafb_lcd_port=DVP0...
|
||||
|
||||
Notes:
|
||||
1. CRT may not display properly for DuoView CRT & DVI display at
|
||||
the "640x480" PAL mode with DVI overscan enabled.
|
||||
2. SAMM stands for single adapter multi monitors. It is different from
|
||||
multi-head since SAMM support multi monitor at driver layers, thus fbcon
|
||||
layer doesn't even know about it; SAMM's second screen doesn't have a
|
||||
device node file, thus a user mode application can't access it directly.
|
||||
When SAMM is enabled, viafb_mode and viafb_mode1, viafb_bpp and
|
||||
viafb_bpp1, viafb_refresh and viafb_refresh1 can be different.
|
||||
3. When console is depending on viafbinfo1, dynamically change resolution
|
||||
and bpp, need to call VIAFB specified ioctl interface VIAFB_SET_DEVICE
|
||||
instead of calling common ioctl function FBIOPUT_VSCREENINFO since
|
||||
viafb doesn't support multi-head well, or it will cause screen crush.
|
||||
4. VX800 2D accelerator hasn't been supported in this driver yet. When
|
||||
using driver on VX800, the driver will disable the acceleration
|
||||
function as default.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[Configure viafb with "fbset" tool]
|
||||
-----------------------------------
|
||||
"fbset" is an inbox utility of Linux.
|
||||
1. Inquire current viafb information, type,
|
||||
# fbset -i
|
||||
|
||||
2. Set various resolutions and viafb_refresh rates,
|
||||
# fbset <resolution-vertical_sync>
|
||||
|
||||
example,
|
||||
# fbset "1024x768-75"
|
||||
or
|
||||
# fbset -g 1024 768 1024 768 32
|
||||
Check the file "/etc/fb.modes" to find display modes available.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Set the color depth,
|
||||
# fbset -depth <value>
|
||||
|
||||
example,
|
||||
# fbset -depth 16
|
||||
|
||||
[Bootup with viafb]:
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
Add the following line to your grub.conf:
|
||||
append = "video=viafb:viafb_mode=1024x768,viafb_bpp=32,viafb_refresh=85"
|
||||
|
@ -6,6 +6,24 @@ be removed from this file.
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: old static regulatory information and ieee80211_regdom module parameter
|
||||
When: 2.6.29
|
||||
Why: The old regulatory infrastructure has been replaced with a new one
|
||||
which does not require statically defined regulatory domains. We do
|
||||
not want to keep static regulatory domains in the kernel due to the
|
||||
the dynamic nature of regulatory law and localization. We kept around
|
||||
the old static definitions for the regulatory domains of:
|
||||
* US
|
||||
* JP
|
||||
* EU
|
||||
and used by default the US when CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY was
|
||||
set. We also kept around the ieee80211_regdom module parameter in case
|
||||
some applications were relying on it. Changing regulatory domains
|
||||
can now be done instead by using nl80211, as is done with iw.
|
||||
Who: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: dev->power.power_state
|
||||
When: July 2007
|
||||
Why: Broken design for runtime control over driver power states, confusing
|
||||
@ -38,30 +56,6 @@ Who: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: old tuner-3036 i2c driver
|
||||
When: 2.6.28
|
||||
Why: This driver is for VERY old i2c-over-parallel port teletext receiver
|
||||
boxes. Rather then spending effort on converting this driver to V4L2,
|
||||
and since it is extremely unlikely that anyone still uses one of these
|
||||
devices, it was decided to drop it.
|
||||
Who: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
|
||||
Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: V4L2 dpc7146 driver
|
||||
When: 2.6.28
|
||||
Why: Old driver for the dpc7146 demonstration board that is no longer
|
||||
relevant. The last time this was tested on actual hardware was
|
||||
probably around 2002. Since this is a driver for a demonstration
|
||||
board the decision was made to remove it rather than spending a
|
||||
lot of effort continually updating this driver to stay in sync
|
||||
with the latest internal V4L2 or I2C API.
|
||||
Who: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
|
||||
Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: PCMCIA control ioctl (needed for pcmcia-cs [cardmgr, cardctl])
|
||||
When: November 2005
|
||||
Files: drivers/pcmcia/: pcmcia_ioctl.c
|
||||
@ -232,6 +226,9 @@ What (Why):
|
||||
- xt_mark match revision 0
|
||||
(superseded by xt_mark match revision 1)
|
||||
|
||||
- xt_recent: the old ipt_recent proc dir
|
||||
(superseded by /proc/net/xt_recent)
|
||||
|
||||
When: January 2009 or Linux 2.7.0, whichever comes first
|
||||
Why: Superseded by newer revisions or modules
|
||||
Who: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
|
||||
@ -266,11 +263,19 @@ Who: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: old style serial driver for ColdFire (CONFIG_SERIAL_COLDFIRE)
|
||||
When: 2.6.28
|
||||
Why: This driver still uses the old interface and has been replaced
|
||||
by CONFIG_SERIAL_MCF.
|
||||
Who: Sebastian Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc>
|
||||
What: remove HID compat support
|
||||
When: 2.6.29
|
||||
Why: needed only as a temporary solution until distros fix themselves up
|
||||
Who: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: print_fn_descriptor_symbol()
|
||||
When: October 2009
|
||||
Why: The %pF vsprintf format provides the same functionality in a
|
||||
simpler way. print_fn_descriptor_symbol() is deprecated but
|
||||
still present to give out-of-tree modules time to change.
|
||||
Who: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
@ -322,3 +327,19 @@ Why: Accounting can now be enabled/disabled without kernel recompilation.
|
||||
controlled by a kernel/module/sysfs/sysctl parameter.
|
||||
Who: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: ide-scsi (BLK_DEV_IDESCSI)
|
||||
When: 2.6.29
|
||||
Why: The 2.6 kernel supports direct writing to ide CD drives, which
|
||||
eliminates the need for ide-scsi. The new method is more
|
||||
efficient in every way.
|
||||
Who: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: i2c_attach_client(), i2c_detach_client(), i2c_driver->detach_client()
|
||||
When: 2.6.29 (ideally) or 2.6.30 (more likely)
|
||||
Why: Deprecated by the new (standard) device driver binding model. Use
|
||||
i2c_driver->probe() and ->remove() instead.
|
||||
Who: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
|
||||
|
@ -161,8 +161,12 @@ prototypes:
|
||||
int (*set_page_dirty)(struct page *page);
|
||||
int (*readpages)(struct file *filp, struct address_space *mapping,
|
||||
struct list_head *pages, unsigned nr_pages);
|
||||
int (*prepare_write)(struct file *, struct page *, unsigned, unsigned);
|
||||
int (*commit_write)(struct file *, struct page *, unsigned, unsigned);
|
||||
int (*write_begin)(struct file *, struct address_space *mapping,
|
||||
loff_t pos, unsigned len, unsigned flags,
|
||||
struct page **pagep, void **fsdata);
|
||||
int (*write_end)(struct file *, struct address_space *mapping,
|
||||
loff_t pos, unsigned len, unsigned copied,
|
||||
struct page *page, void *fsdata);
|
||||
sector_t (*bmap)(struct address_space *, sector_t);
|
||||
int (*invalidatepage) (struct page *, unsigned long);
|
||||
int (*releasepage) (struct page *, int);
|
||||
@ -180,8 +184,6 @@ sync_page: no maybe
|
||||
writepages: no
|
||||
set_page_dirty no no
|
||||
readpages: no
|
||||
prepare_write: no yes yes
|
||||
commit_write: no yes yes
|
||||
write_begin: no locks the page yes
|
||||
write_end: no yes, unlocks yes
|
||||
perform_write: no n/a yes
|
||||
@ -191,7 +193,7 @@ releasepage: no yes
|
||||
direct_IO: no
|
||||
launder_page: no yes
|
||||
|
||||
->prepare_write(), ->commit_write(), ->sync_page() and ->readpage()
|
||||
->write_begin(), ->write_end(), ->sync_page() and ->readpage()
|
||||
may be called from the request handler (/dev/loop).
|
||||
|
||||
->readpage() unlocks the page, either synchronously or via I/O
|
||||
|
393
Documentation/filesystems/autofs4-mount-control.txt
Normal file
393
Documentation/filesystems/autofs4-mount-control.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
|
||||
|
||||
Miscellaneous Device control operations for the autofs4 kernel module
|
||||
====================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
The problem
|
||||
===========
|
||||
|
||||
There is a problem with active restarts in autofs (that is to say
|
||||
restarting autofs when there are busy mounts).
|
||||
|
||||
During normal operation autofs uses a file descriptor opened on the
|
||||
directory that is being managed in order to be able to issue control
|
||||
operations. Using a file descriptor gives ioctl operations access to
|
||||
autofs specific information stored in the super block. The operations
|
||||
are things such as setting an autofs mount catatonic, setting the
|
||||
expire timeout and requesting expire checks. As is explained below,
|
||||
certain types of autofs triggered mounts can end up covering an autofs
|
||||
mount itself which prevents us being able to use open(2) to obtain a
|
||||
file descriptor for these operations if we don't already have one open.
|
||||
|
||||
Currently autofs uses "umount -l" (lazy umount) to clear active mounts
|
||||
at restart. While using lazy umount works for most cases, anything that
|
||||
needs to walk back up the mount tree to construct a path, such as
|
||||
getcwd(2) and the proc file system /proc/<pid>/cwd, no longer works
|
||||
because the point from which the path is constructed has been detached
|
||||
from the mount tree.
|
||||
|
||||
The actual problem with autofs is that it can't reconnect to existing
|
||||
mounts. Immediately one thinks of just adding the ability to remount
|
||||
autofs file systems would solve it, but alas, that can't work. This is
|
||||
because autofs direct mounts and the implementation of "on demand mount
|
||||
and expire" of nested mount trees have the file system mounted directly
|
||||
on top of the mount trigger directory dentry.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, there are two types of automount maps, direct (in the kernel
|
||||
module source you will see a third type called an offset, which is just
|
||||
a direct mount in disguise) and indirect.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is a master map with direct and indirect map entries:
|
||||
|
||||
/- /etc/auto.direct
|
||||
/test /etc/auto.indirect
|
||||
|
||||
and the corresponding map files:
|
||||
|
||||
/etc/auto.direct:
|
||||
|
||||
/automount/dparse/g6 budgie:/autofs/export1
|
||||
/automount/dparse/g1 shark:/autofs/export1
|
||||
and so on.
|
||||
|
||||
/etc/auto.indirect:
|
||||
|
||||
g1 shark:/autofs/export1
|
||||
g6 budgie:/autofs/export1
|
||||
and so on.
|
||||
|
||||
For the above indirect map an autofs file system is mounted on /test and
|
||||
mounts are triggered for each sub-directory key by the inode lookup
|
||||
operation. So we see a mount of shark:/autofs/export1 on /test/g1, for
|
||||
example.
|
||||
|
||||
The way that direct mounts are handled is by making an autofs mount on
|
||||
each full path, such as /automount/dparse/g1, and using it as a mount
|
||||
trigger. So when we walk on the path we mount shark:/autofs/export1 "on
|
||||
top of this mount point". Since these are always directories we can
|
||||
use the follow_link inode operation to trigger the mount.
|
||||
|
||||
But, each entry in direct and indirect maps can have offsets (making
|
||||
them multi-mount map entries).
|
||||
|
||||
For example, an indirect mount map entry could also be:
|
||||
|
||||
g1 \
|
||||
/ shark:/autofs/export5/testing/test \
|
||||
/s1 shark:/autofs/export/testing/test/s1 \
|
||||
/s2 shark:/autofs/export5/testing/test/s2 \
|
||||
/s1/ss1 shark:/autofs/export1 \
|
||||
/s2/ss2 shark:/autofs/export2
|
||||
|
||||
and a similarly a direct mount map entry could also be:
|
||||
|
||||
/automount/dparse/g1 \
|
||||
/ shark:/autofs/export5/testing/test \
|
||||
/s1 shark:/autofs/export/testing/test/s1 \
|
||||
/s2 shark:/autofs/export5/testing/test/s2 \
|
||||
/s1/ss1 shark:/autofs/export2 \
|
||||
/s2/ss2 shark:/autofs/export2
|
||||
|
||||
One of the issues with version 4 of autofs was that, when mounting an
|
||||
entry with a large number of offsets, possibly with nesting, we needed
|
||||
to mount and umount all of the offsets as a single unit. Not really a
|
||||
problem, except for people with a large number of offsets in map entries.
|
||||
This mechanism is used for the well known "hosts" map and we have seen
|
||||
cases (in 2.4) where the available number of mounts are exhausted or
|
||||
where the number of privileged ports available is exhausted.
|
||||
|
||||
In version 5 we mount only as we go down the tree of offsets and
|
||||
similarly for expiring them which resolves the above problem. There is
|
||||
somewhat more detail to the implementation but it isn't needed for the
|
||||
sake of the problem explanation. The one important detail is that these
|
||||
offsets are implemented using the same mechanism as the direct mounts
|
||||
above and so the mount points can be covered by a mount.
|
||||
|
||||
The current autofs implementation uses an ioctl file descriptor opened
|
||||
on the mount point for control operations. The references held by the
|
||||
descriptor are accounted for in checks made to determine if a mount is
|
||||
in use and is also used to access autofs file system information held
|
||||
in the mount super block. So the use of a file handle needs to be
|
||||
retained.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The Solution
|
||||
============
|
||||
|
||||
To be able to restart autofs leaving existing direct, indirect and
|
||||
offset mounts in place we need to be able to obtain a file handle
|
||||
for these potentially covered autofs mount points. Rather than just
|
||||
implement an isolated operation it was decided to re-implement the
|
||||
existing ioctl interface and add new operations to provide this
|
||||
functionality.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, to be able to reconstruct a mount tree that has busy mounts,
|
||||
the uid and gid of the last user that triggered the mount needs to be
|
||||
available because these can be used as macro substitution variables in
|
||||
autofs maps. They are recorded at mount request time and an operation
|
||||
has been added to retrieve them.
|
||||
|
||||
Since we're re-implementing the control interface, a couple of other
|
||||
problems with the existing interface have been addressed. First, when
|
||||
a mount or expire operation completes a status is returned to the
|
||||
kernel by either a "send ready" or a "send fail" operation. The
|
||||
"send fail" operation of the ioctl interface could only ever send
|
||||
ENOENT so the re-implementation allows user space to send an actual
|
||||
status. Another expensive operation in user space, for those using
|
||||
very large maps, is discovering if a mount is present. Usually this
|
||||
involves scanning /proc/mounts and since it needs to be done quite
|
||||
often it can introduce significant overhead when there are many entries
|
||||
in the mount table. An operation to lookup the mount status of a mount
|
||||
point dentry (covered or not) has also been added.
|
||||
|
||||
Current kernel development policy recommends avoiding the use of the
|
||||
ioctl mechanism in favor of systems such as Netlink. An implementation
|
||||
using this system was attempted to evaluate its suitability and it was
|
||||
found to be inadequate, in this case. The Generic Netlink system was
|
||||
used for this as raw Netlink would lead to a significant increase in
|
||||
complexity. There's no question that the Generic Netlink system is an
|
||||
elegant solution for common case ioctl functions but it's not a complete
|
||||
replacement probably because it's primary purpose in life is to be a
|
||||
message bus implementation rather than specifically an ioctl replacement.
|
||||
While it would be possible to work around this there is one concern
|
||||
that lead to the decision to not use it. This is that the autofs
|
||||
expire in the daemon has become far to complex because umount
|
||||
candidates are enumerated, almost for no other reason than to "count"
|
||||
the number of times to call the expire ioctl. This involves scanning
|
||||
the mount table which has proved to be a big overhead for users with
|
||||
large maps. The best way to improve this is try and get back to the
|
||||
way the expire was done long ago. That is, when an expire request is
|
||||
issued for a mount (file handle) we should continually call back to
|
||||
the daemon until we can't umount any more mounts, then return the
|
||||
appropriate status to the daemon. At the moment we just expire one
|
||||
mount at a time. A Generic Netlink implementation would exclude this
|
||||
possibility for future development due to the requirements of the
|
||||
message bus architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
autofs4 Miscellaneous Device mount control interface
|
||||
====================================================
|
||||
|
||||
The control interface is opening a device node, typically /dev/autofs.
|
||||
|
||||
All the ioctls use a common structure to pass the needed parameter
|
||||
information and return operation results:
|
||||
|
||||
struct autofs_dev_ioctl {
|
||||
__u32 ver_major;
|
||||
__u32 ver_minor;
|
||||
__u32 size; /* total size of data passed in
|
||||
* including this struct */
|
||||
__s32 ioctlfd; /* automount command fd */
|
||||
|
||||
__u32 arg1; /* Command parameters */
|
||||
__u32 arg2;
|
||||
|
||||
char path[0];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
The ioctlfd field is a mount point file descriptor of an autofs mount
|
||||
point. It is returned by the open call and is used by all calls except
|
||||
the check for whether a given path is a mount point, where it may
|
||||
optionally be used to check a specific mount corresponding to a given
|
||||
mount point file descriptor, and when requesting the uid and gid of the
|
||||
last successful mount on a directory within the autofs file system.
|
||||
|
||||
The fields arg1 and arg2 are used to communicate parameters and results of
|
||||
calls made as described below.
|
||||
|
||||
The path field is used to pass a path where it is needed and the size field
|
||||
is used account for the increased structure length when translating the
|
||||
structure sent from user space.
|
||||
|
||||
This structure can be initialized before setting specific fields by using
|
||||
the void function call init_autofs_dev_ioctl(struct autofs_dev_ioctl *).
|
||||
|
||||
All of the ioctls perform a copy of this structure from user space to
|
||||
kernel space and return -EINVAL if the size parameter is smaller than
|
||||
the structure size itself, -ENOMEM if the kernel memory allocation fails
|
||||
or -EFAULT if the copy itself fails. Other checks include a version check
|
||||
of the compiled in user space version against the module version and a
|
||||
mismatch results in a -EINVAL return. If the size field is greater than
|
||||
the structure size then a path is assumed to be present and is checked to
|
||||
ensure it begins with a "/" and is NULL terminated, otherwise -EINVAL is
|
||||
returned. Following these checks, for all ioctl commands except
|
||||
AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_VERSION_CMD, AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_OPENMOUNT_CMD and
|
||||
AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_CLOSEMOUNT_CMD the ioctlfd is validated and if it is
|
||||
not a valid descriptor or doesn't correspond to an autofs mount point
|
||||
an error of -EBADF, -ENOTTY or -EINVAL (not an autofs descriptor) is
|
||||
returned.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The ioctls
|
||||
==========
|
||||
|
||||
An example of an implementation which uses this interface can be seen
|
||||
in autofs version 5.0.4 and later in file lib/dev-ioctl-lib.c of the
|
||||
distribution tar available for download from kernel.org in directory
|
||||
/pub/linux/daemons/autofs/v5.
|
||||
|
||||
The device node ioctl operations implemented by this interface are:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_VERSION
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Get the major and minor version of the autofs4 device ioctl kernel module
|
||||
implementation. It requires an initialized struct autofs_dev_ioctl as an
|
||||
input parameter and sets the version information in the passed in structure.
|
||||
It returns 0 on success or the error -EINVAL if a version mismatch is
|
||||
detected.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_PROTOVER_CMD and AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_PROTOSUBVER_CMD
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Get the major and minor version of the autofs4 protocol version understood
|
||||
by loaded module. This call requires an initialized struct autofs_dev_ioctl
|
||||
with the ioctlfd field set to a valid autofs mount point descriptor
|
||||
and sets the requested version number in structure field arg1. These
|
||||
commands return 0 on success or one of the negative error codes if
|
||||
validation fails.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_OPENMOUNT and AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_CLOSEMOUNT
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Obtain and release a file descriptor for an autofs managed mount point
|
||||
path. The open call requires an initialized struct autofs_dev_ioctl with
|
||||
the the path field set and the size field adjusted appropriately as well
|
||||
as the arg1 field set to the device number of the autofs mount. The
|
||||
device number can be obtained from the mount options shown in
|
||||
/proc/mounts. The close call requires an initialized struct
|
||||
autofs_dev_ioct with the ioctlfd field set to the descriptor obtained
|
||||
from the open call. The release of the file descriptor can also be done
|
||||
with close(2) so any open descriptors will also be closed at process exit.
|
||||
The close call is included in the implemented operations largely for
|
||||
completeness and to provide for a consistent user space implementation.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_READY_CMD and AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_FAIL_CMD
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Return mount and expire result status from user space to the kernel.
|
||||
Both of these calls require an initialized struct autofs_dev_ioctl
|
||||
with the ioctlfd field set to the descriptor obtained from the open
|
||||
call and the arg1 field set to the wait queue token number, received
|
||||
by user space in the foregoing mount or expire request. The arg2 field
|
||||
is set to the status to be returned. For the ready call this is always
|
||||
0 and for the fail call it is set to the errno of the operation.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_SETPIPEFD_CMD
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Set the pipe file descriptor used for kernel communication to the daemon.
|
||||
Normally this is set at mount time using an option but when reconnecting
|
||||
to a existing mount we need to use this to tell the autofs mount about
|
||||
the new kernel pipe descriptor. In order to protect mounts against
|
||||
incorrectly setting the pipe descriptor we also require that the autofs
|
||||
mount be catatonic (see next call).
|
||||
|
||||
The call requires an initialized struct autofs_dev_ioctl with the
|
||||
ioctlfd field set to the descriptor obtained from the open call and
|
||||
the arg1 field set to descriptor of the pipe. On success the call
|
||||
also sets the process group id used to identify the controlling process
|
||||
(eg. the owning automount(8) daemon) to the process group of the caller.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_CATATONIC_CMD
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Make the autofs mount point catatonic. The autofs mount will no longer
|
||||
issue mount requests, the kernel communication pipe descriptor is released
|
||||
and any remaining waits in the queue released.
|
||||
|
||||
The call requires an initialized struct autofs_dev_ioctl with the
|
||||
ioctlfd field set to the descriptor obtained from the open call.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_TIMEOUT_CMD
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Set the expire timeout for mounts withing an autofs mount point.
|
||||
|
||||
The call requires an initialized struct autofs_dev_ioctl with the
|
||||
ioctlfd field set to the descriptor obtained from the open call.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_REQUESTER_CMD
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Return the uid and gid of the last process to successfully trigger a the
|
||||
mount on the given path dentry.
|
||||
|
||||
The call requires an initialized struct autofs_dev_ioctl with the path
|
||||
field set to the mount point in question and the size field adjusted
|
||||
appropriately as well as the arg1 field set to the device number of the
|
||||
containing autofs mount. Upon return the struct field arg1 contains the
|
||||
uid and arg2 the gid.
|
||||
|
||||
When reconstructing an autofs mount tree with active mounts we need to
|
||||
re-connect to mounts that may have used the original process uid and
|
||||
gid (or string variations of them) for mount lookups within the map entry.
|
||||
This call provides the ability to obtain this uid and gid so they may be
|
||||
used by user space for the mount map lookups.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_EXPIRE_CMD
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Issue an expire request to the kernel for an autofs mount. Typically
|
||||
this ioctl is called until no further expire candidates are found.
|
||||
|
||||
The call requires an initialized struct autofs_dev_ioctl with the
|
||||
ioctlfd field set to the descriptor obtained from the open call. In
|
||||
addition an immediate expire, independent of the mount timeout, can be
|
||||
requested by setting the arg1 field to 1. If no expire candidates can
|
||||
be found the ioctl returns -1 with errno set to EAGAIN.
|
||||
|
||||
This call causes the kernel module to check the mount corresponding
|
||||
to the given ioctlfd for mounts that can be expired, issues an expire
|
||||
request back to the daemon and waits for completion.
|
||||
|
||||
AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_ASKUMOUNT_CMD
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Checks if an autofs mount point is in use.
|
||||
|
||||
The call requires an initialized struct autofs_dev_ioctl with the
|
||||
ioctlfd field set to the descriptor obtained from the open call and
|
||||
it returns the result in the arg1 field, 1 for busy and 0 otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_ISMOUNTPOINT_CMD
|
||||
---------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Check if the given path is a mountpoint.
|
||||
|
||||
The call requires an initialized struct autofs_dev_ioctl. There are two
|
||||
possible variations. Both use the path field set to the path of the mount
|
||||
point to check and the size field adjusted appropriately. One uses the
|
||||
ioctlfd field to identify a specific mount point to check while the other
|
||||
variation uses the path and optionaly arg1 set to an autofs mount type.
|
||||
The call returns 1 if this is a mount point and sets arg1 to the device
|
||||
number of the mount and field arg2 to the relevant super block magic
|
||||
number (described below) or 0 if it isn't a mountpoint. In both cases
|
||||
the the device number (as returned by new_encode_dev()) is returned
|
||||
in field arg1.
|
||||
|
||||
If supplied with a file descriptor we're looking for a specific mount,
|
||||
not necessarily at the top of the mounted stack. In this case the path
|
||||
the descriptor corresponds to is considered a mountpoint if it is itself
|
||||
a mountpoint or contains a mount, such as a multi-mount without a root
|
||||
mount. In this case we return 1 if the descriptor corresponds to a mount
|
||||
point and and also returns the super magic of the covering mount if there
|
||||
is one or 0 if it isn't a mountpoint.
|
||||
|
||||
If a path is supplied (and the ioctlfd field is set to -1) then the path
|
||||
is looked up and is checked to see if it is the root of a mount. If a
|
||||
type is also given we are looking for a particular autofs mount and if
|
||||
a match isn't found a fail is returned. If the the located path is the
|
||||
root of a mount 1 is returned along with the super magic of the mount
|
||||
or 0 otherwise.
|
||||
|
@ -96,6 +96,11 @@ errors=remount-ro(*) Remount the filesystem read-only on an error.
|
||||
errors=continue Keep going on a filesystem error.
|
||||
errors=panic Panic and halt the machine if an error occurs.
|
||||
|
||||
data_err=ignore(*) Just print an error message if an error occurs
|
||||
in a file data buffer in ordered mode.
|
||||
data_err=abort Abort the journal if an error occurs in a file
|
||||
data buffer in ordered mode.
|
||||
|
||||
grpid Give objects the same group ID as their creator.
|
||||
bsdgroups
|
||||
|
||||
@ -193,6 +198,5 @@ kernel source: <file:fs/ext3/>
|
||||
programs: http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net/
|
||||
http://ext2resize.sourceforge.net
|
||||
|
||||
useful links: http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/ext3/ext3-usage.html
|
||||
http://www-106.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/library/l-fs7/
|
||||
useful links: http://www-106.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/library/l-fs7/
|
||||
http://www-106.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/library/l-fs8/
|
||||
|
@ -2,19 +2,24 @@
|
||||
Ext4 Filesystem
|
||||
===============
|
||||
|
||||
This is a development version of the ext4 filesystem, an advanced level
|
||||
of the ext3 filesystem which incorporates scalability and reliability
|
||||
enhancements for supporting large filesystems (64 bit) in keeping with
|
||||
increasing disk capacities and state-of-the-art feature requirements.
|
||||
Ext4 is an an advanced level of the ext3 filesystem which incorporates
|
||||
scalability and reliability enhancements for supporting large filesystems
|
||||
(64 bit) in keeping with increasing disk capacities and state-of-the-art
|
||||
feature requirements.
|
||||
|
||||
Mailing list: linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Web site: http://ext4.wiki.kernel.org
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1. Quick usage instructions:
|
||||
===========================
|
||||
|
||||
Note: More extensive information for getting started with ext4 can be
|
||||
found at the ext4 wiki site at the URL:
|
||||
http://ext4.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Ext4_Howto
|
||||
|
||||
- Compile and install the latest version of e2fsprogs (as of this
|
||||
writing version 1.41) from:
|
||||
writing version 1.41.3) from:
|
||||
|
||||
http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=2406
|
||||
|
||||
@ -32,28 +37,26 @@ Mailing list: linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
you will need to merge your changes with the version from e2fsprogs
|
||||
1.41.x.
|
||||
|
||||
- Create a new filesystem using the ext4dev filesystem type:
|
||||
- Create a new filesystem using the ext4 filesystem type:
|
||||
|
||||
# mke2fs -t ext4dev /dev/hda1
|
||||
# mke2fs -t ext4 /dev/hda1
|
||||
|
||||
Or configure an existing ext3 filesystem to support extents and set
|
||||
the test_fs flag to indicate that it's ok for an in-development
|
||||
filesystem to touch this filesystem:
|
||||
Or to configure an existing ext3 filesystem to support extents:
|
||||
|
||||
# tune2fs -O extents -E test_fs /dev/hda1
|
||||
# tune2fs -O extents /dev/hda1
|
||||
|
||||
If the filesystem was created with 128 byte inodes, it can be
|
||||
converted to use 256 byte for greater efficiency via:
|
||||
|
||||
# tune2fs -I 256 /dev/hda1
|
||||
|
||||
(Note: we currently do not have tools to convert an ext4dev
|
||||
(Note: we currently do not have tools to convert an ext4
|
||||
filesystem back to ext3; so please do not do try this on production
|
||||
filesystems.)
|
||||
|
||||
- Mounting:
|
||||
|
||||
# mount -t ext4dev /dev/hda1 /wherever
|
||||
# mount -t ext4 /dev/hda1 /wherever
|
||||
|
||||
- When comparing performance with other filesystems, remember that
|
||||
ext3/4 by default offers higher data integrity guarantees than most.
|
||||
@ -104,8 +107,8 @@ exist yet so I'm not sure they're in the near-term roadmap.
|
||||
The big performance win will come with mballoc, delalloc and flex_bg
|
||||
grouping of bitmaps and inode tables. Some test results available here:
|
||||
|
||||
- http://www.bullopensource.org/ext4/20080530/ffsb-write-2.6.26-rc2.html
|
||||
- http://www.bullopensource.org/ext4/20080530/ffsb-readwrite-2.6.26-rc2.html
|
||||
- http://www.bullopensource.org/ext4/20080818-ffsb/ffsb-write-2.6.27-rc1.html
|
||||
- http://www.bullopensource.org/ext4/20080818-ffsb/ffsb-readwrite-2.6.27-rc1.html
|
||||
|
||||
3. Options
|
||||
==========
|
||||
@ -177,6 +180,11 @@ barrier=<0|1(*)> This enables/disables the use of write barriers in
|
||||
your disks are battery-backed in one way or another,
|
||||
disabling barriers may safely improve performance.
|
||||
|
||||
inode_readahead=n This tuning parameter controls the maximum
|
||||
number of inode table blocks that ext4's inode
|
||||
table readahead algorithm will pre-read into
|
||||
the buffer cache. The default value is 32 blocks.
|
||||
|
||||
orlov (*) This enables the new Orlov block allocator. It is
|
||||
enabled by default.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -209,15 +217,17 @@ noreservation
|
||||
bsddf (*) Make 'df' act like BSD.
|
||||
minixdf Make 'df' act like Minix.
|
||||
|
||||
check=none Don't do extra checking of bitmaps on mount.
|
||||
nocheck
|
||||
|
||||
debug Extra debugging information is sent to syslog.
|
||||
|
||||
errors=remount-ro(*) Remount the filesystem read-only on an error.
|
||||
errors=continue Keep going on a filesystem error.
|
||||
errors=panic Panic and halt the machine if an error occurs.
|
||||
|
||||
data_err=ignore(*) Just print an error message if an error occurs
|
||||
in a file data buffer in ordered mode.
|
||||
data_err=abort Abort the journal if an error occurs in a file
|
||||
data buffer in ordered mode.
|
||||
|
||||
grpid Give objects the same group ID as their creator.
|
||||
bsdgroups
|
||||
|
||||
@ -243,8 +253,6 @@ nobh (a) cache disk block mapping information
|
||||
"nobh" option tries to avoid associating buffer
|
||||
heads (supported only for "writeback" mode).
|
||||
|
||||
mballoc (*) Use the multiple block allocator for block allocation
|
||||
nomballoc disabled multiple block allocator for block allocation.
|
||||
stripe=n Number of filesystem blocks that mballoc will try
|
||||
to use for allocation size and alignment. For RAID5/6
|
||||
systems this should be the number of data
|
||||
@ -252,6 +260,7 @@ stripe=n Number of filesystem blocks that mballoc will try
|
||||
delalloc (*) Deferring block allocation until write-out time.
|
||||
nodelalloc Disable delayed allocation. Blocks are allocation
|
||||
when data is copied from user to page cache.
|
||||
|
||||
Data Mode
|
||||
=========
|
||||
There are 3 different data modes:
|
||||
|
228
Documentation/filesystems/fiemap.txt
Normal file
228
Documentation/filesystems/fiemap.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
|
||||
============
|
||||
Fiemap Ioctl
|
||||
============
|
||||
|
||||
The fiemap ioctl is an efficient method for userspace to get file
|
||||
extent mappings. Instead of block-by-block mapping (such as bmap), fiemap
|
||||
returns a list of extents.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Request Basics
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
A fiemap request is encoded within struct fiemap:
|
||||
|
||||
struct fiemap {
|
||||
__u64 fm_start; /* logical offset (inclusive) at
|
||||
* which to start mapping (in) */
|
||||
__u64 fm_length; /* logical length of mapping which
|
||||
* userspace cares about (in) */
|
||||
__u32 fm_flags; /* FIEMAP_FLAG_* flags for request (in/out) */
|
||||
__u32 fm_mapped_extents; /* number of extents that were
|
||||
* mapped (out) */
|
||||
__u32 fm_extent_count; /* size of fm_extents array (in) */
|
||||
__u32 fm_reserved;
|
||||
struct fiemap_extent fm_extents[0]; /* array of mapped extents (out) */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
fm_start, and fm_length specify the logical range within the file
|
||||
which the process would like mappings for. Extents returned mirror
|
||||
those on disk - that is, the logical offset of the 1st returned extent
|
||||
may start before fm_start, and the range covered by the last returned
|
||||
extent may end after fm_length. All offsets and lengths are in bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
Certain flags to modify the way in which mappings are looked up can be
|
||||
set in fm_flags. If the kernel doesn't understand some particular
|
||||
flags, it will return EBADR and the contents of fm_flags will contain
|
||||
the set of flags which caused the error. If the kernel is compatible
|
||||
with all flags passed, the contents of fm_flags will be unmodified.
|
||||
It is up to userspace to determine whether rejection of a particular
|
||||
flag is fatal to it's operation. This scheme is intended to allow the
|
||||
fiemap interface to grow in the future but without losing
|
||||
compatibility with old software.
|
||||
|
||||
fm_extent_count specifies the number of elements in the fm_extents[] array
|
||||
that can be used to return extents. If fm_extent_count is zero, then the
|
||||
fm_extents[] array is ignored (no extents will be returned), and the
|
||||
fm_mapped_extents count will hold the number of extents needed in
|
||||
fm_extents[] to hold the file's current mapping. Note that there is
|
||||
nothing to prevent the file from changing between calls to FIEMAP.
|
||||
|
||||
The following flags can be set in fm_flags:
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_FLAG_SYNC
|
||||
If this flag is set, the kernel will sync the file before mapping extents.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_FLAG_XATTR
|
||||
If this flag is set, the extents returned will describe the inodes
|
||||
extended attribute lookup tree, instead of it's data tree.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Extent Mapping
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
Extent information is returned within the embedded fm_extents array
|
||||
which userspace must allocate along with the fiemap structure. The
|
||||
number of elements in the fiemap_extents[] array should be passed via
|
||||
fm_extent_count. The number of extents mapped by kernel will be
|
||||
returned via fm_mapped_extents. If the number of fiemap_extents
|
||||
allocated is less than would be required to map the requested range,
|
||||
the maximum number of extents that can be mapped in the fm_extent[]
|
||||
array will be returned and fm_mapped_extents will be equal to
|
||||
fm_extent_count. In that case, the last extent in the array will not
|
||||
complete the requested range and will not have the FIEMAP_EXTENT_LAST
|
||||
flag set (see the next section on extent flags).
|
||||
|
||||
Each extent is described by a single fiemap_extent structure as
|
||||
returned in fm_extents.
|
||||
|
||||
struct fiemap_extent {
|
||||
__u64 fe_logical; /* logical offset in bytes for the start of
|
||||
* the extent */
|
||||
__u64 fe_physical; /* physical offset in bytes for the start
|
||||
* of the extent */
|
||||
__u64 fe_length; /* length in bytes for the extent */
|
||||
__u64 fe_reserved64[2];
|
||||
__u32 fe_flags; /* FIEMAP_EXTENT_* flags for this extent */
|
||||
__u32 fe_reserved[3];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
All offsets and lengths are in bytes and mirror those on disk. It is valid
|
||||
for an extents logical offset to start before the request or it's logical
|
||||
length to extend past the request. Unless FIEMAP_EXTENT_NOT_ALIGNED is
|
||||
returned, fe_logical, fe_physical, and fe_length will be aligned to the
|
||||
block size of the file system. With the exception of extents flagged as
|
||||
FIEMAP_EXTENT_MERGED, adjacent extents will not be merged.
|
||||
|
||||
The fe_flags field contains flags which describe the extent returned.
|
||||
A special flag, FIEMAP_EXTENT_LAST is always set on the last extent in
|
||||
the file so that the process making fiemap calls can determine when no
|
||||
more extents are available, without having to call the ioctl again.
|
||||
|
||||
Some flags are intentionally vague and will always be set in the
|
||||
presence of other more specific flags. This way a program looking for
|
||||
a general property does not have to know all existing and future flags
|
||||
which imply that property.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if FIEMAP_EXTENT_DATA_INLINE or FIEMAP_EXTENT_DATA_TAIL
|
||||
are set, FIEMAP_EXTENT_NOT_ALIGNED will also be set. A program looking
|
||||
for inline or tail-packed data can key on the specific flag. Software
|
||||
which simply cares not to try operating on non-aligned extents
|
||||
however, can just key on FIEMAP_EXTENT_NOT_ALIGNED, and not have to
|
||||
worry about all present and future flags which might imply unaligned
|
||||
data. Note that the opposite is not true - it would be valid for
|
||||
FIEMAP_EXTENT_NOT_ALIGNED to appear alone.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_LAST
|
||||
This is the last extent in the file. A mapping attempt past this
|
||||
extent will return nothing.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_UNKNOWN
|
||||
The location of this extent is currently unknown. This may indicate
|
||||
the data is stored on an inaccessible volume or that no storage has
|
||||
been allocated for the file yet.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_DELALLOC
|
||||
- This will also set FIEMAP_EXTENT_UNKNOWN.
|
||||
Delayed allocation - while there is data for this extent, it's
|
||||
physical location has not been allocated yet.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_ENCODED
|
||||
This extent does not consist of plain filesystem blocks but is
|
||||
encoded (e.g. encrypted or compressed). Reading the data in this
|
||||
extent via I/O to the block device will have undefined results.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that it is *always* undefined to try to update the data
|
||||
in-place by writing to the indicated location without the
|
||||
assistance of the filesystem, or to access the data using the
|
||||
information returned by the FIEMAP interface while the filesystem
|
||||
is mounted. In other words, user applications may only read the
|
||||
extent data via I/O to the block device while the filesystem is
|
||||
unmounted, and then only if the FIEMAP_EXTENT_ENCODED flag is
|
||||
clear; user applications must not try reading or writing to the
|
||||
filesystem via the block device under any other circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_DATA_ENCRYPTED
|
||||
- This will also set FIEMAP_EXTENT_ENCODED
|
||||
The data in this extent has been encrypted by the file system.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_NOT_ALIGNED
|
||||
Extent offsets and length are not guaranteed to be block aligned.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_DATA_INLINE
|
||||
This will also set FIEMAP_EXTENT_NOT_ALIGNED
|
||||
Data is located within a meta data block.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_DATA_TAIL
|
||||
This will also set FIEMAP_EXTENT_NOT_ALIGNED
|
||||
Data is packed into a block with data from other files.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_UNWRITTEN
|
||||
Unwritten extent - the extent is allocated but it's data has not been
|
||||
initialized. This indicates the extent's data will be all zero if read
|
||||
through the filesystem but the contents are undefined if read directly from
|
||||
the device.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_MERGED
|
||||
This will be set when a file does not support extents, i.e., it uses a block
|
||||
based addressing scheme. Since returning an extent for each block back to
|
||||
userspace would be highly inefficient, the kernel will try to merge most
|
||||
adjacent blocks into 'extents'.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VFS -> File System Implementation
|
||||
---------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
File systems wishing to support fiemap must implement a ->fiemap callback on
|
||||
their inode_operations structure. The fs ->fiemap call is responsible for
|
||||
defining it's set of supported fiemap flags, and calling a helper function on
|
||||
each discovered extent:
|
||||
|
||||
struct inode_operations {
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
int (*fiemap)(struct inode *, struct fiemap_extent_info *, u64 start,
|
||||
u64 len);
|
||||
|
||||
->fiemap is passed struct fiemap_extent_info which describes the
|
||||
fiemap request:
|
||||
|
||||
struct fiemap_extent_info {
|
||||
unsigned int fi_flags; /* Flags as passed from user */
|
||||
unsigned int fi_extents_mapped; /* Number of mapped extents */
|
||||
unsigned int fi_extents_max; /* Size of fiemap_extent array */
|
||||
struct fiemap_extent *fi_extents_start; /* Start of fiemap_extent array */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
It is intended that the file system should not need to access any of this
|
||||
structure directly.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Flag checking should be done at the beginning of the ->fiemap callback via the
|
||||
fiemap_check_flags() helper:
|
||||
|
||||
int fiemap_check_flags(struct fiemap_extent_info *fieinfo, u32 fs_flags);
|
||||
|
||||
The struct fieinfo should be passed in as recieved from ioctl_fiemap(). The
|
||||
set of fiemap flags which the fs understands should be passed via fs_flags. If
|
||||
fiemap_check_flags finds invalid user flags, it will place the bad values in
|
||||
fieinfo->fi_flags and return -EBADR. If the file system gets -EBADR, from
|
||||
fiemap_check_flags(), it should immediately exit, returning that error back to
|
||||
ioctl_fiemap().
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
For each extent in the request range, the file system should call
|
||||
the helper function, fiemap_fill_next_extent():
|
||||
|
||||
int fiemap_fill_next_extent(struct fiemap_extent_info *info, u64 logical,
|
||||
u64 phys, u64 len, u32 flags, u32 dev);
|
||||
|
||||
fiemap_fill_next_extent() will use the passed values to populate the
|
||||
next free extent in the fm_extents array. 'General' extent flags will
|
||||
automatically be set from specific flags on behalf of the calling file
|
||||
system so that the userspace API is not broken.
|
||||
|
||||
fiemap_fill_next_extent() returns 0 on success, and 1 when the
|
||||
user-supplied fm_extents array is full. If an error is encountered
|
||||
while copying the extent to user memory, -EFAULT will be returned.
|
@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ They depend on various facilities being available:
|
||||
3.1) Booting from a floppy using syslinux
|
||||
|
||||
When building kernels, an easy way to create a boot floppy that uses
|
||||
syslinux is to use the zdisk or bzdisk make targets which use
|
||||
syslinux is to use the zdisk or bzdisk make targets which use zimage
|
||||
and bzimage images respectively. Both targets accept the
|
||||
FDARGS parameter which can be used to set the kernel command line.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -76,3 +76,9 @@ localalloc=8(*) Allows custom localalloc size in MB. If the value is too
|
||||
large, the fs will silently revert it to the default.
|
||||
Localalloc is not enabled for local mounts.
|
||||
localflocks This disables cluster aware flock.
|
||||
inode64 Indicates that Ocfs2 is allowed to create inodes at
|
||||
any location in the filesystem, including those which
|
||||
will result in inode numbers occupying more than 32
|
||||
bits of significance.
|
||||
user_xattr (*) Enables Extended User Attributes.
|
||||
nouser_xattr Disables Extended User Attributes.
|
||||
|
@ -923,45 +923,44 @@ CPUs.
|
||||
The "procs_blocked" line gives the number of processes currently blocked,
|
||||
waiting for I/O to complete.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.9 Ext4 file system parameters
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
Ext4 file system have one directory per partition under /proc/fs/ext4/
|
||||
# ls /proc/fs/ext4/hdc/
|
||||
group_prealloc max_to_scan mb_groups mb_history min_to_scan order2_req
|
||||
stats stream_req
|
||||
|
||||
mb_groups:
|
||||
This file gives the details of multiblock allocator buddy cache of free blocks
|
||||
Information about mounted ext4 file systems can be found in
|
||||
/proc/fs/ext4. Each mounted filesystem will have a directory in
|
||||
/proc/fs/ext4 based on its device name (i.e., /proc/fs/ext4/hdc or
|
||||
/proc/fs/ext4/dm-0). The files in each per-device directory are shown
|
||||
in Table 1-10, below.
|
||||
|
||||
mb_history:
|
||||
Multiblock allocation history.
|
||||
Table 1-10: Files in /proc/fs/ext4/<devname>
|
||||
..............................................................................
|
||||
File Content
|
||||
mb_groups details of multiblock allocator buddy cache of free blocks
|
||||
mb_history multiblock allocation history
|
||||
stats controls whether the multiblock allocator should start
|
||||
collecting statistics, which are shown during the unmount
|
||||
group_prealloc the multiblock allocator will round up allocation
|
||||
requests to a multiple of this tuning parameter if the
|
||||
stripe size is not set in the ext4 superblock
|
||||
max_to_scan The maximum number of extents the multiblock allocator
|
||||
will search to find the best extent
|
||||
min_to_scan The minimum number of extents the multiblock allocator
|
||||
will search to find the best extent
|
||||
order2_req Tuning parameter which controls the minimum size for
|
||||
requests (as a power of 2) where the buddy cache is
|
||||
used
|
||||
stream_req Files which have fewer blocks than this tunable
|
||||
parameter will have their blocks allocated out of a
|
||||
block group specific preallocation pool, so that small
|
||||
files are packed closely together. Each large file
|
||||
will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique
|
||||
preallocation pool.
|
||||
inode_readahead Tuning parameter which controls the maximum number of
|
||||
inode table blocks that ext4's inode table readahead
|
||||
algorithm will pre-read into the buffer cache
|
||||
..............................................................................
|
||||
|
||||
stats:
|
||||
This file indicate whether the multiblock allocator should start collecting
|
||||
statistics. The statistics are shown during unmount
|
||||
|
||||
group_prealloc:
|
||||
The multiblock allocator normalize the block allocation request to
|
||||
group_prealloc filesystem blocks if we don't have strip value set.
|
||||
The stripe value can be specified at mount time or during mke2fs.
|
||||
|
||||
max_to_scan:
|
||||
How long multiblock allocator can look for a best extent (in found extents)
|
||||
|
||||
min_to_scan:
|
||||
How long multiblock allocator must look for a best extent
|
||||
|
||||
order2_req:
|
||||
Multiblock allocator use 2^N search using buddies only for requests greater
|
||||
than or equal to order2_req. The request size is specfied in file system
|
||||
blocks. A value of 2 indicate only if the requests are greater than or equal
|
||||
to 4 blocks.
|
||||
|
||||
stream_req:
|
||||
Files smaller than stream_req are served by the stream allocator, whose
|
||||
purpose is to pack requests as close each to other as possible to
|
||||
produce smooth I/O traffic. Avalue of 16 indicate that file smaller than 16
|
||||
filesystem block size will use group based preallocation.
|
||||
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Summary
|
||||
@ -1322,6 +1321,18 @@ debugging information is displayed on console.
|
||||
NMI switch that most IA32 servers have fires unknown NMI up, for example.
|
||||
If a system hangs up, try pressing the NMI switch.
|
||||
|
||||
panic_on_unrecovered_nmi
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The default Linux behaviour on an NMI of either memory or unknown is to continue
|
||||
operation. For many environments such as scientific computing it is preferable
|
||||
that the box is taken out and the error dealt with than an uncorrected
|
||||
parity/ECC error get propogated.
|
||||
|
||||
A small number of systems do generate NMI's for bizarre random reasons such as
|
||||
power management so the default is off. That sysctl works like the existing
|
||||
panic controls already in that directory.
|
||||
|
||||
nmi_watchdog
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1332,13 +1343,6 @@ determine whether or not they are still functioning properly.
|
||||
Because the NMI watchdog shares registers with oprofile, by disabling the NMI
|
||||
watchdog, oprofile may have more registers to utilize.
|
||||
|
||||
maps_protect
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
Enables/Disables the protection of the per-process proc entries "maps" and
|
||||
"smaps". When enabled, the contents of these files are visible only to
|
||||
readers that are allowed to ptrace() the given process.
|
||||
|
||||
msgmni
|
||||
------
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1380,15 +1384,18 @@ causes the kernel to prefer to reclaim dentries and inodes.
|
||||
dirty_background_ratio
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Contains, as a percentage of total system memory, the number of pages at which
|
||||
the pdflush background writeback daemon will start writing out dirty data.
|
||||
Contains, as a percentage of the dirtyable system memory (free pages + mapped
|
||||
pages + file cache, not including locked pages and HugePages), the number of
|
||||
pages at which the pdflush background writeback daemon will start writing out
|
||||
dirty data.
|
||||
|
||||
dirty_ratio
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
|
||||
Contains, as a percentage of total system memory, the number of pages at which
|
||||
a process which is generating disk writes will itself start writing out dirty
|
||||
data.
|
||||
Contains, as a percentage of the dirtyable system memory (free pages + mapped
|
||||
pages + file cache, not including locked pages and HugePages), the number of
|
||||
pages at which a process which is generating disk writes will itself start
|
||||
writing out dirty data.
|
||||
|
||||
dirty_writeback_centisecs
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
@ -2408,22 +2415,29 @@ will be dumped when the <pid> process is dumped. coredump_filter is a bitmask
|
||||
of memory types. If a bit of the bitmask is set, memory segments of the
|
||||
corresponding memory type are dumped, otherwise they are not dumped.
|
||||
|
||||
The following 4 memory types are supported:
|
||||
The following 7 memory types are supported:
|
||||
- (bit 0) anonymous private memory
|
||||
- (bit 1) anonymous shared memory
|
||||
- (bit 2) file-backed private memory
|
||||
- (bit 3) file-backed shared memory
|
||||
- (bit 4) ELF header pages in file-backed private memory areas (it is
|
||||
effective only if the bit 2 is cleared)
|
||||
- (bit 5) hugetlb private memory
|
||||
- (bit 6) hugetlb shared memory
|
||||
|
||||
Note that MMIO pages such as frame buffer are never dumped and vDSO pages
|
||||
are always dumped regardless of the bitmask status.
|
||||
|
||||
Default value of coredump_filter is 0x3; this means all anonymous memory
|
||||
segments are dumped.
|
||||
Note bit 0-4 doesn't effect any hugetlb memory. hugetlb memory are only
|
||||
effected by bit 5-6.
|
||||
|
||||
Default value of coredump_filter is 0x23; this means all anonymous memory
|
||||
segments and hugetlb private memory are dumped.
|
||||
|
||||
If you don't want to dump all shared memory segments attached to pid 1234,
|
||||
write 1 to the process's proc file.
|
||||
write 0x21 to the process's proc file.
|
||||
|
||||
$ echo 0x1 > /proc/1234/coredump_filter
|
||||
$ echo 0x21 > /proc/1234/coredump_filter
|
||||
|
||||
When a new process is created, the process inherits the bitmask status from its
|
||||
parent. It is useful to set up coredump_filter before the program runs.
|
||||
|
@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ User Mode Linux, like so:
|
||||
sleep(999999999);
|
||||
}
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
gcc -static hello2.c -o init
|
||||
gcc -static hello.c -o init
|
||||
echo init | cpio -o -H newc | gzip > test.cpio.gz
|
||||
# Testing external initramfs using the initrd loading mechanism.
|
||||
qemu -kernel /boot/vmlinuz -initrd test.cpio.gz /dev/zero
|
||||
|
@ -86,6 +86,15 @@ norm_unmount (*) commit on unmount; the journal is committed
|
||||
fast_unmount do not commit on unmount; this option makes
|
||||
unmount faster, but the next mount slower
|
||||
because of the need to replay the journal.
|
||||
bulk_read read more in one go to take advantage of flash
|
||||
media that read faster sequentially
|
||||
no_bulk_read (*) do not bulk-read
|
||||
no_chk_data_crc skip checking of CRCs on data nodes in order to
|
||||
improve read performance. Use this option only
|
||||
if the flash media is highly reliable. The effect
|
||||
of this option is that corruption of the contents
|
||||
of a file can go unnoticed.
|
||||
chk_data_crc (*) do not skip checking CRCs on data nodes
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Quick usage instructions
|
||||
|
@ -8,6 +8,12 @@ if you want to format from within Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
VFAT MOUNT OPTIONS
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
uid=### -- Set the owner of all files on this filesystem.
|
||||
The default is the uid of current process.
|
||||
|
||||
gid=### -- Set the group of all files on this filesystem.
|
||||
The default is the gid of current process.
|
||||
|
||||
umask=### -- The permission mask (for files and directories, see umask(1)).
|
||||
The default is the umask of current process.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -36,7 +42,7 @@ codepage=### -- Sets the codepage number for converting to shortname
|
||||
characters on FAT filesystem.
|
||||
By default, FAT_DEFAULT_CODEPAGE setting is used.
|
||||
|
||||
iocharset=name -- Character set to use for converting between the
|
||||
iocharset=<name> -- Character set to use for converting between the
|
||||
encoding is used for user visible filename and 16 bit
|
||||
Unicode characters. Long filenames are stored on disk
|
||||
in Unicode format, but Unix for the most part doesn't
|
||||
@ -86,6 +92,8 @@ check=s|r|n -- Case sensitivity checking setting.
|
||||
r: relaxed, case insensitive
|
||||
n: normal, default setting, currently case insensitive
|
||||
|
||||
nocase -- This was deprecated for vfat. Use shortname=win95 instead.
|
||||
|
||||
shortname=lower|win95|winnt|mixed
|
||||
-- Shortname display/create setting.
|
||||
lower: convert to lowercase for display,
|
||||
@ -99,11 +107,31 @@ shortname=lower|win95|winnt|mixed
|
||||
tz=UTC -- Interpret timestamps as UTC rather than local time.
|
||||
This option disables the conversion of timestamps
|
||||
between local time (as used by Windows on FAT) and UTC
|
||||
(which Linux uses internally). This is particuluarly
|
||||
(which Linux uses internally). This is particularly
|
||||
useful when mounting devices (like digital cameras)
|
||||
that are set to UTC in order to avoid the pitfalls of
|
||||
local time.
|
||||
|
||||
showexec -- If set, the execute permission bits of the file will be
|
||||
allowed only if the extension part of the name is .EXE,
|
||||
.COM, or .BAT. Not set by default.
|
||||
|
||||
debug -- Can be set, but unused by the current implementation.
|
||||
|
||||
sys_immutable -- If set, ATTR_SYS attribute on FAT is handled as
|
||||
IMMUTABLE flag on Linux. Not set by default.
|
||||
|
||||
flush -- If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more
|
||||
early than normal. Not set by default.
|
||||
|
||||
rodir -- FAT has the ATTR_RO (read-only) attribute. But on Windows,
|
||||
the ATTR_RO of the directory will be just ignored actually,
|
||||
and is used by only applications as flag. E.g. it's setted
|
||||
for the customized folder.
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to use ATTR_RO as read-only flag even for
|
||||
the directory, set this option.
|
||||
|
||||
<bool>: 0,1,yes,no,true,false
|
||||
|
||||
TODO
|
||||
|
@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ written-back to storage typically in whole pages, however the
|
||||
address_space has finer control of write sizes.
|
||||
|
||||
The read process essentially only requires 'readpage'. The write
|
||||
process is more complicated and uses prepare_write/commit_write or
|
||||
process is more complicated and uses write_begin/write_end or
|
||||
set_page_dirty to write data into the address_space, and writepage,
|
||||
sync_page, and writepages to writeback data to storage.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -521,8 +521,6 @@ struct address_space_operations {
|
||||
int (*set_page_dirty)(struct page *page);
|
||||
int (*readpages)(struct file *filp, struct address_space *mapping,
|
||||
struct list_head *pages, unsigned nr_pages);
|
||||
int (*prepare_write)(struct file *, struct page *, unsigned, unsigned);
|
||||
int (*commit_write)(struct file *, struct page *, unsigned, unsigned);
|
||||
int (*write_begin)(struct file *, struct address_space *mapping,
|
||||
loff_t pos, unsigned len, unsigned flags,
|
||||
struct page **pagep, void **fsdata);
|
||||
@ -598,37 +596,7 @@ struct address_space_operations {
|
||||
readpages is only used for read-ahead, so read errors are
|
||||
ignored. If anything goes wrong, feel free to give up.
|
||||
|
||||
prepare_write: called by the generic write path in VM to set up a write
|
||||
request for a page. This indicates to the address space that
|
||||
the given range of bytes is about to be written. The
|
||||
address_space should check that the write will be able to
|
||||
complete, by allocating space if necessary and doing any other
|
||||
internal housekeeping. If the write will update parts of
|
||||
any basic-blocks on storage, then those blocks should be
|
||||
pre-read (if they haven't been read already) so that the
|
||||
updated blocks can be written out properly.
|
||||
The page will be locked.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: the page _must not_ be marked uptodate in this function
|
||||
(or anywhere else) unless it actually is uptodate right now. As
|
||||
soon as a page is marked uptodate, it is possible for a concurrent
|
||||
read(2) to copy it to userspace.
|
||||
|
||||
commit_write: If prepare_write succeeds, new data will be copied
|
||||
into the page and then commit_write will be called. It will
|
||||
typically update the size of the file (if appropriate) and
|
||||
mark the inode as dirty, and do any other related housekeeping
|
||||
operations. It should avoid returning an error if possible -
|
||||
errors should have been handled by prepare_write.
|
||||
|
||||
write_begin: This is intended as a replacement for prepare_write. The
|
||||
key differences being that:
|
||||
- it returns a locked page (in *pagep) rather than being
|
||||
given a pre locked page;
|
||||
- it must be able to cope with short writes (where the
|
||||
length passed to write_begin is greater than the number
|
||||
of bytes copied into the page).
|
||||
|
||||
write_begin:
|
||||
Called by the generic buffered write code to ask the filesystem to
|
||||
prepare to write len bytes at the given offset in the file. The
|
||||
address_space should check that the write will be able to complete,
|
||||
@ -640,6 +608,9 @@ struct address_space_operations {
|
||||
The filesystem must return the locked pagecache page for the specified
|
||||
offset, in *pagep, for the caller to write into.
|
||||
|
||||
It must be able to cope with short writes (where the length passed to
|
||||
write_begin is greater than the number of bytes copied into the page).
|
||||
|
||||
flags is a field for AOP_FLAG_xxx flags, described in
|
||||
include/linux/fs.h.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -39,10 +39,11 @@ The block device operation is optional, these block devices support it as of
|
||||
today:
|
||||
- dcssblk: s390 dcss block device driver
|
||||
|
||||
An address space operation named get_xip_page is used to retrieve reference
|
||||
to a struct page. To address the target page, a reference to an address_space,
|
||||
and a sector number is provided. A 3rd argument indicates whether the
|
||||
function should allocate blocks if needed.
|
||||
An address space operation named get_xip_mem is used to retrieve references
|
||||
to a page frame number and a kernel address. To obtain these values a reference
|
||||
to an address_space is provided. This function assigns values to the kmem and
|
||||
pfn parameters. The third argument indicates whether the function should allocate
|
||||
blocks if needed.
|
||||
|
||||
This address space operation is mutually exclusive with readpage&writepage that
|
||||
do page cache read/write operations.
|
||||
|
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Copyright 2008 Red Hat Inc.
|
||||
Reviewers: Elias Oltmanns, Randy Dunlap, Andrew Morton,
|
||||
John Kacur, and David Teigland.
|
||||
|
||||
Written for: 2.6.27-rc1
|
||||
Written for: 2.6.28-rc2
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
------------
|
||||
@ -50,26 +50,26 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files:
|
||||
|
||||
Note: all time values are in microseconds.
|
||||
|
||||
current_tracer : This is used to set or display the current tracer
|
||||
current_tracer: This is used to set or display the current tracer
|
||||
that is configured.
|
||||
|
||||
available_tracers : This holds the different types of tracers that
|
||||
available_tracers: This holds the different types of tracers that
|
||||
have been compiled into the kernel. The tracers
|
||||
listed here can be configured by echoing their name
|
||||
into current_tracer.
|
||||
|
||||
tracing_enabled : This sets or displays whether the current_tracer
|
||||
tracing_enabled: This sets or displays whether the current_tracer
|
||||
is activated and tracing or not. Echo 0 into this
|
||||
file to disable the tracer or 1 to enable it.
|
||||
|
||||
trace : This file holds the output of the trace in a human readable
|
||||
trace: This file holds the output of the trace in a human readable
|
||||
format (described below).
|
||||
|
||||
latency_trace : This file shows the same trace but the information
|
||||
latency_trace: This file shows the same trace but the information
|
||||
is organized more to display possible latencies
|
||||
in the system (described below).
|
||||
|
||||
trace_pipe : The output is the same as the "trace" file but this
|
||||
trace_pipe: The output is the same as the "trace" file but this
|
||||
file is meant to be streamed with live tracing.
|
||||
Reads from this file will block until new data
|
||||
is retrieved. Unlike the "trace" and "latency_trace"
|
||||
@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files:
|
||||
tracer is not adding more data, they will display
|
||||
the same information every time they are read.
|
||||
|
||||
iter_ctrl : This file lets the user control the amount of data
|
||||
iter_ctrl: This file lets the user control the amount of data
|
||||
that is displayed in one of the above output
|
||||
files.
|
||||
|
||||
trace_max_latency : Some of the tracers record the max latency.
|
||||
trace_max_latency: Some of the tracers record the max latency.
|
||||
For example, the time interrupts are disabled.
|
||||
This time is saved in this file. The max trace
|
||||
will also be stored, and displayed by either
|
||||
@ -94,29 +94,26 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files:
|
||||
only be recorded if the latency is greater than
|
||||
the value in this file. (in microseconds)
|
||||
|
||||
trace_entries : This sets or displays the number of trace
|
||||
entries each CPU buffer can hold. The tracer buffers
|
||||
are the same size for each CPU. The displayed number
|
||||
is the size of the CPU buffer and not total size. The
|
||||
trace_entries: This sets or displays the number of bytes each CPU
|
||||
buffer can hold. The tracer buffers are the same size
|
||||
for each CPU. The displayed number is the size of the
|
||||
CPU buffer and not total size of all buffers. The
|
||||
trace buffers are allocated in pages (blocks of memory
|
||||
that the kernel uses for allocation, usually 4 KB in size).
|
||||
Since each entry is smaller than a page, if the last
|
||||
allocated page has room for more entries than were
|
||||
requested, the rest of the page is used to allocate
|
||||
entries.
|
||||
If the last page allocated has room for more bytes
|
||||
than requested, the rest of the page will be used,
|
||||
making the actual allocation bigger than requested.
|
||||
(Note, the size may not be a multiple of the page size due
|
||||
to buffer managment overhead.)
|
||||
|
||||
This can only be updated when the current_tracer
|
||||
is set to "none".
|
||||
is set to "nop".
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: It is planned on changing the allocated buffers
|
||||
from being the number of possible CPUS to
|
||||
the number of online CPUS.
|
||||
|
||||
tracing_cpumask : This is a mask that lets the user only trace
|
||||
tracing_cpumask: This is a mask that lets the user only trace
|
||||
on specified CPUS. The format is a hex string
|
||||
representing the CPUS.
|
||||
|
||||
set_ftrace_filter : When dynamic ftrace is configured in (see the
|
||||
set_ftrace_filter: When dynamic ftrace is configured in (see the
|
||||
section below "dynamic ftrace"), the code is dynamically
|
||||
modified (code text rewrite) to disable calling of the
|
||||
function profiler (mcount). This lets tracing be configured
|
||||
@ -130,14 +127,11 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files:
|
||||
be traced. If a function exists in both set_ftrace_filter
|
||||
and set_ftrace_notrace, the function will _not_ be traced.
|
||||
|
||||
available_filter_functions : When a function is encountered the first
|
||||
time by the dynamic tracer, it is recorded and
|
||||
later the call is converted into a nop. This file
|
||||
lists the functions that have been recorded
|
||||
by the dynamic tracer and these functions can
|
||||
be used to set the ftrace filter by the above
|
||||
"set_ftrace_filter" file. (See the section "dynamic ftrace"
|
||||
below for more details).
|
||||
available_filter_functions: This lists the functions that ftrace
|
||||
has processed and can trace. These are the function
|
||||
names that you can pass to "set_ftrace_filter" or
|
||||
"set_ftrace_notrace". (See the section "dynamic ftrace"
|
||||
below for more details.)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The Tracers
|
||||
@ -145,7 +139,7 @@ The Tracers
|
||||
|
||||
Here is the list of current tracers that may be configured.
|
||||
|
||||
ftrace - function tracer that uses mcount to trace all functions.
|
||||
function - function tracer that uses mcount to trace all functions.
|
||||
|
||||
sched_switch - traces the context switches between tasks.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -166,8 +160,8 @@ Here is the list of current tracers that may be configured.
|
||||
the highest priority task to get scheduled after
|
||||
it has been woken up.
|
||||
|
||||
none - This is not a tracer. To remove all tracers from tracing
|
||||
simply echo "none" into current_tracer.
|
||||
nop - This is not a tracer. To remove all tracers from tracing
|
||||
simply echo "nop" into current_tracer.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Examples of using the tracer
|
||||
@ -182,7 +176,7 @@ Output format:
|
||||
Here is an example of the output format of the file "trace"
|
||||
|
||||
--------
|
||||
# tracer: ftrace
|
||||
# tracer: function
|
||||
#
|
||||
# TASK-PID CPU# TIMESTAMP FUNCTION
|
||||
# | | | | |
|
||||
@ -192,7 +186,7 @@ Here is an example of the output format of the file "trace"
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
A header is printed with the tracer name that is represented by the trace.
|
||||
In this case the tracer is "ftrace". Then a header showing the format. Task
|
||||
In this case the tracer is "function". Then a header showing the format. Task
|
||||
name "bash", the task PID "4251", the CPU that it was running on
|
||||
"01", the timestamp in <secs>.<usecs> format, the function name that was
|
||||
traced "path_put" and the parent function that called this function
|
||||
@ -291,6 +285,9 @@ explains which is which.
|
||||
CPU#: The CPU which the process was running on.
|
||||
|
||||
irqs-off: 'd' interrupts are disabled. '.' otherwise.
|
||||
Note: If the architecture does not support a way to
|
||||
read the irq flags variable, an 'X' will always
|
||||
be printed here.
|
||||
|
||||
need-resched: 'N' task need_resched is set, '.' otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1000,22 +997,20 @@ is the stack for the hard interrupt. This hides the fact that NEED_RESCHED
|
||||
has been set. We do not see the 'N' until we switch back to the task's
|
||||
assigned stack.
|
||||
|
||||
ftrace
|
||||
------
|
||||
function
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
ftrace is not only the name of the tracing infrastructure, but it
|
||||
is also a name of one of the tracers. The tracer is the function
|
||||
tracer. Enabling the function tracer can be done from the
|
||||
debug file system. Make sure the ftrace_enabled is set otherwise
|
||||
this tracer is a nop.
|
||||
This tracer is the function tracer. Enabling the function tracer
|
||||
can be done from the debug file system. Make sure the ftrace_enabled is
|
||||
set; otherwise this tracer is a nop.
|
||||
|
||||
# sysctl kernel.ftrace_enabled=1
|
||||
# echo ftrace > /debug/tracing/current_tracer
|
||||
# echo function > /debug/tracing/current_tracer
|
||||
# echo 1 > /debug/tracing/tracing_enabled
|
||||
# usleep 1
|
||||
# echo 0 > /debug/tracing/tracing_enabled
|
||||
# cat /debug/tracing/trace
|
||||
# tracer: ftrace
|
||||
# tracer: function
|
||||
#
|
||||
# TASK-PID CPU# TIMESTAMP FUNCTION
|
||||
# | | | | |
|
||||
@ -1037,10 +1032,10 @@ this tracer is a nop.
|
||||
[...]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Note: ftrace uses ring buffers to store the above entries. The newest data
|
||||
may overwrite the oldest data. Sometimes using echo to stop the trace
|
||||
is not sufficient because the tracing could have overwritten the data
|
||||
that you wanted to record. For this reason, it is sometimes better to
|
||||
Note: function tracer uses ring buffers to store the above entries.
|
||||
The newest data may overwrite the oldest data. Sometimes using echo to
|
||||
stop the trace is not sufficient because the tracing could have overwritten
|
||||
the data that you wanted to record. For this reason, it is sometimes better to
|
||||
disable tracing directly from a program. This allows you to stop the
|
||||
tracing at the point that you hit the part that you are interested in.
|
||||
To disable the tracing directly from a C program, something like following
|
||||
@ -1074,18 +1069,31 @@ every kernel function, produced by the -pg switch in gcc), starts
|
||||
of pointing to a simple return. (Enabling FTRACE will include the
|
||||
-pg switch in the compiling of the kernel.)
|
||||
|
||||
When dynamic ftrace is initialized, it calls kstop_machine to make
|
||||
the machine act like a uniprocessor so that it can freely modify code
|
||||
without worrying about other processors executing that same code. At
|
||||
initialization, the mcount calls are changed to call a "record_ip"
|
||||
function. After this, the first time a kernel function is called,
|
||||
it has the calling address saved in a hash table.
|
||||
At compile time every C file object is run through the
|
||||
recordmcount.pl script (located in the scripts directory). This
|
||||
script will process the C object using objdump to find all the
|
||||
locations in the .text section that call mcount. (Note, only
|
||||
the .text section is processed, since processing other sections
|
||||
like .init.text may cause races due to those sections being freed).
|
||||
|
||||
Later on the ftraced kernel thread is awoken and will again call
|
||||
kstop_machine if new functions have been recorded. The ftraced thread
|
||||
will change all calls to mcount to "nop". Just calling mcount
|
||||
and having mcount return has shown a 10% overhead. By converting
|
||||
it to a nop, there is no measurable overhead to the system.
|
||||
A new section called "__mcount_loc" is created that holds references
|
||||
to all the mcount call sites in the .text section. This section is
|
||||
compiled back into the original object. The final linker will add
|
||||
all these references into a single table.
|
||||
|
||||
On boot up, before SMP is initialized, the dynamic ftrace code
|
||||
scans this table and updates all the locations into nops. It also
|
||||
records the locations, which are added to the available_filter_functions
|
||||
list. Modules are processed as they are loaded and before they are
|
||||
executed. When a module is unloaded, it also removes its functions from
|
||||
the ftrace function list. This is automatic in the module unload
|
||||
code, and the module author does not need to worry about it.
|
||||
|
||||
When tracing is enabled, kstop_machine is called to prevent races
|
||||
with the CPUS executing code being modified (which can cause the
|
||||
CPU to do undesireable things), and the nops are patched back
|
||||
to calls. But this time, they do not call mcount (which is just
|
||||
a function stub). They now call into the ftrace infrastructure.
|
||||
|
||||
One special side-effect to the recording of the functions being
|
||||
traced is that we can now selectively choose which functions we
|
||||
@ -1248,36 +1256,6 @@ Produces:
|
||||
|
||||
We can see that there's no more lock or preempt tracing.
|
||||
|
||||
ftraced
|
||||
-------
|
||||
|
||||
As mentioned above, when dynamic ftrace is configured in, a kernel
|
||||
thread wakes up once a second and checks to see if there are mcount
|
||||
calls that need to be converted into nops. If there are not any, then
|
||||
it simply goes back to sleep. But if there are some, it will call
|
||||
kstop_machine to convert the calls to nops.
|
||||
|
||||
There may be a case in which you do not want this added latency.
|
||||
Perhaps you are doing some audio recording and this activity might
|
||||
cause skips in the playback. There is an interface to disable
|
||||
and enable the "ftraced" kernel thread.
|
||||
|
||||
# echo 0 > /debug/tracing/ftraced_enabled
|
||||
|
||||
This will disable the calling of kstop_machine to update the
|
||||
mcount calls to nops. Remember that there is a large overhead
|
||||
to calling mcount. Without this kernel thread, that overhead will
|
||||
exist.
|
||||
|
||||
If there are recorded calls to mcount, any write to the ftraced_enabled
|
||||
file will cause the kstop_machine to run. This means that a
|
||||
user can manually perform the updates when they want to by simply
|
||||
echoing a '0' into the ftraced_enabled file.
|
||||
|
||||
The updates are also done at the beginning of enabling a tracer
|
||||
that uses ftrace function recording.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
trace_pipe
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1286,14 +1264,14 @@ on the tracing is different. Every read from trace_pipe is consumed.
|
||||
This means that subsequent reads will be different. The trace
|
||||
is live.
|
||||
|
||||
# echo ftrace > /debug/tracing/current_tracer
|
||||
# echo function > /debug/tracing/current_tracer
|
||||
# cat /debug/tracing/trace_pipe > /tmp/trace.out &
|
||||
[1] 4153
|
||||
# echo 1 > /debug/tracing/tracing_enabled
|
||||
# usleep 1
|
||||
# echo 0 > /debug/tracing/tracing_enabled
|
||||
# cat /debug/tracing/trace
|
||||
# tracer: ftrace
|
||||
# tracer: function
|
||||
#
|
||||
# TASK-PID CPU# TIMESTAMP FUNCTION
|
||||
# | | | | |
|
||||
@ -1314,7 +1292,7 @@ is live.
|
||||
|
||||
Note, reading the trace_pipe file will block until more input is added.
|
||||
By changing the tracer, trace_pipe will issue an EOF. We needed
|
||||
to set the ftrace tracer _before_ cating the trace_pipe file.
|
||||
to set the function tracer _before_ we "cat" the trace_pipe file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
trace entries
|
||||
@ -1331,10 +1309,10 @@ number of entries.
|
||||
65620
|
||||
|
||||
Note, to modify this, you must have tracing completely disabled. To do that,
|
||||
echo "none" into the current_tracer. If the current_tracer is not set
|
||||
to "none", an EINVAL error will be returned.
|
||||
echo "nop" into the current_tracer. If the current_tracer is not set
|
||||
to "nop", an EINVAL error will be returned.
|
||||
|
||||
# echo none > /debug/tracing/current_tracer
|
||||
# echo nop > /debug/tracing/current_tracer
|
||||
# echo 100000 > /debug/tracing/trace_entries
|
||||
# cat /debug/tracing/trace_entries
|
||||
100045
|
||||
|
@ -240,6 +240,10 @@ signal, or (b) something wrongly believes it's safe to remove drivers
|
||||
needed to manage a signal that's in active use. That is, requesting a
|
||||
GPIO can serve as a kind of lock.
|
||||
|
||||
Some platforms may also use knowledge about what GPIOs are active for
|
||||
power management, such as by powering down unused chip sectors and, more
|
||||
easily, gating off unused clocks.
|
||||
|
||||
These two calls are optional because not not all current Linux platforms
|
||||
offer such functionality in their GPIO support; a valid implementation
|
||||
could return success for all gpio_request() calls. Unlike the other calls,
|
||||
@ -264,7 +268,7 @@ map between them using calls like:
|
||||
/* map GPIO numbers to IRQ numbers */
|
||||
int gpio_to_irq(unsigned gpio);
|
||||
|
||||
/* map IRQ numbers to GPIO numbers */
|
||||
/* map IRQ numbers to GPIO numbers (avoid using this) */
|
||||
int irq_to_gpio(unsigned irq);
|
||||
|
||||
Those return either the corresponding number in the other namespace, or
|
||||
@ -284,7 +288,8 @@ system wakeup capabilities.
|
||||
|
||||
Non-error values returned from irq_to_gpio() would most commonly be used
|
||||
with gpio_get_value(), for example to initialize or update driver state
|
||||
when the IRQ is edge-triggered.
|
||||
when the IRQ is edge-triggered. Note that some platforms don't support
|
||||
this reverse mapping, so you should avoid using it.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Emulating Open Drain Signals
|
||||
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
x
Reference in New Issue
Block a user